Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/template.c @ 1367:8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
| author | Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 16 May 2009 22:21:31 +0200 |
| parents | e961851fb8be |
| children | 4dca8ed9d8b7 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 336 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 336 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
| 11 // Handle template implementation | |
| 12 | |
| 13 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 14 #include <assert.h> | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #if !IN_LLVM | |
| 17 #endif | |
| 18 #include "root.h" | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
19 #include "rmem.h" |
| 336 | 20 #include "stringtable.h" |
| 21 #include "mars.h" | |
| 22 #include "identifier.h" | |
| 23 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 24 #include "template.h" | |
| 25 #include "init.h" | |
| 26 #include "expression.h" | |
| 27 #include "scope.h" | |
| 28 #include "module.h" | |
| 29 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 30 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 31 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 32 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 33 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
34 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <windows.h> |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
36 long __cdecl __ehfilter(LPEXCEPTION_POINTERS ep); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
37 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
38 |
| 336 | 39 #define LOG 0 |
| 40 | |
| 41 /******************************************** | |
| 42 * These functions substitute for dynamic_cast. dynamic_cast does not work | |
| 43 * on earlier versions of gcc. | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 | |
| 46 Expression *isExpression(Object *o) | |
| 47 { | |
| 48 //return dynamic_cast<Expression *>(o); | |
| 49 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 50 return NULL; | |
| 51 return (Expression *)o; | |
| 52 } | |
| 53 | |
| 54 Dsymbol *isDsymbol(Object *o) | |
| 55 { | |
| 56 //return dynamic_cast<Dsymbol *>(o); | |
| 57 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 58 return NULL; | |
| 59 return (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 60 } | |
| 61 | |
| 62 Type *isType(Object *o) | |
| 63 { | |
| 64 //return dynamic_cast<Type *>(o); | |
| 65 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 66 return NULL; | |
| 67 return (Type *)o; | |
| 68 } | |
| 69 | |
| 70 Tuple *isTuple(Object *o) | |
| 71 { | |
| 72 //return dynamic_cast<Tuple *>(o); | |
| 73 if (!o || o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TUPLE) | |
| 74 return NULL; | |
| 75 return (Tuple *)o; | |
| 76 } | |
| 77 | |
| 78 | |
| 79 /*********************** | |
| 80 * Try to get arg as a type. | |
| 81 */ | |
| 82 | |
| 83 Type *getType(Object *o) | |
| 84 { | |
| 85 Type *t = isType(o); | |
| 86 if (!t) | |
| 87 { Expression *e = isExpression(o); | |
| 88 if (e) | |
| 89 t = e->type; | |
| 90 } | |
| 91 return t; | |
| 92 } | |
| 93 | |
| 94 Dsymbol *getDsymbol(Object *oarg) | |
| 95 { | |
| 96 Dsymbol *sa; | |
| 97 Expression *ea = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 98 if (ea) | |
| 99 { // Try to convert Expression to symbol | |
| 100 if (ea->op == TOKvar) | |
| 101 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 102 else if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 103 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 104 else | |
| 105 sa = NULL; | |
| 106 } | |
| 107 else | |
| 108 { // Try to convert Type to symbol | |
| 109 Type *ta = isType(oarg); | |
| 110 if (ta) | |
| 111 sa = ta->toDsymbol(NULL); | |
| 112 else | |
| 113 sa = isDsymbol(oarg); // if already a symbol | |
| 114 } | |
| 115 return sa; | |
| 116 } | |
| 117 | |
| 118 /****************************** | |
| 119 * If o1 matches o2, return 1. | |
| 120 * Else, return 0. | |
| 121 */ | |
| 122 | |
| 123 int match(Object *o1, Object *o2, TemplateDeclaration *tempdecl, Scope *sc) | |
| 124 { | |
| 125 Type *t1 = isType(o1); | |
| 126 Type *t2 = isType(o2); | |
| 127 Expression *e1 = isExpression(o1); | |
| 128 Expression *e2 = isExpression(o2); | |
| 129 Dsymbol *s1 = isDsymbol(o1); | |
| 130 Dsymbol *s2 = isDsymbol(o2); | |
| 131 Tuple *v1 = isTuple(o1); | |
| 132 Tuple *v2 = isTuple(o2); | |
| 133 | |
| 134 //printf("\t match t1 %p t2 %p, e1 %p e2 %p, s1 %p s2 %p, v1 %p v2 %p\n", t1,t2,e1,e2,s1,s2,v1,v2); | |
| 135 | |
| 136 /* A proper implementation of the various equals() overrides | |
| 137 * should make it possible to just do o1->equals(o2), but | |
| 138 * we'll do that another day. | |
| 139 */ | |
| 140 | |
| 141 if (t1) | |
| 142 { | |
| 143 /* if t1 is an instance of ti, then give error | |
| 144 * about recursive expansions. | |
| 145 */ | |
| 146 Dsymbol *s = t1->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 147 if (s && s->parent) | |
| 148 { TemplateInstance *ti1 = s->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 149 if (ti1 && ti1->tempdecl == tempdecl) | |
| 150 { | |
| 151 for (Scope *sc1 = sc; sc1; sc1 = sc1->enclosing) | |
| 152 { | |
| 153 if (sc1->scopesym == ti1) | |
| 154 { | |
| 155 error("recursive template expansion for template argument %s", t1->toChars()); | |
| 156 return 1; // fake a match | |
| 157 } | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 } | |
| 160 } | |
| 161 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
162 //printf("t1 = %s\n", t1->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
163 //printf("t2 = %s\n", t2->toChars()); |
| 336 | 164 if (!t2 || !t1->equals(t2)) |
| 165 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 166 } | |
| 167 else if (e1) | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 #if 0 | |
| 170 if (e1 && e2) | |
| 171 { | |
| 172 printf("match %d\n", e1->equals(e2)); | |
| 173 e1->print(); | |
| 174 e2->print(); | |
| 175 e1->type->print(); | |
| 176 e2->type->print(); | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 #endif | |
| 179 if (!e2) | |
| 180 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 181 if (!e1->equals(e2)) | |
| 182 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 183 } | |
| 184 else if (s1) | |
| 185 { | |
| 186 //printf("%p %s, %p %s\n", s1, s1->toChars(), s2, s2->toChars()); | |
| 187 if (!s2 || !s1->equals(s2) || s1->parent != s2->parent) | |
| 188 { | |
| 189 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 190 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
191 #if DMDV2 |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
192 VarDeclaration *v1 = s1->isVarDeclaration(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
193 VarDeclaration *v2 = s2->isVarDeclaration(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
194 if (v1 && v2 && v1->storage_class & v2->storage_class & STCmanifest) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
195 { ExpInitializer *ei1 = v1->init->isExpInitializer(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
196 ExpInitializer *ei2 = v2->init->isExpInitializer(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
197 if (ei1 && ei2 && !ei1->exp->equals(ei2->exp)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
198 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
199 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
200 #endif |
| 336 | 201 } |
| 202 else if (v1) | |
| 203 { | |
| 204 if (!v2) | |
| 205 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 206 if (v1->objects.dim != v2->objects.dim) | |
| 207 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 208 for (size_t i = 0; i < v1->objects.dim; i++) | |
| 209 { | |
| 210 if (!match((Object *)v1->objects.data[i], | |
| 211 (Object *)v2->objects.data[i], | |
| 212 tempdecl, sc)) | |
| 213 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 214 } | |
| 215 } | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
216 //printf("match\n"); |
| 336 | 217 return 1; // match |
| 218 Lnomatch: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
219 //printf("nomatch\n"); |
| 336 | 220 return 0; // nomatch; |
| 221 } | |
| 222 | |
| 223 /**************************************** | |
| 224 */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 void ObjectToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Object *oarg) | |
| 227 { | |
| 228 //printf("ObjectToCBuffer()\n"); | |
| 229 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 230 Expression *e = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 231 Dsymbol *s = isDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 232 Tuple *v = isTuple(oarg); | |
| 233 if (t) | |
| 234 { //printf("\tt: %s ty = %d\n", t->toChars(), t->ty); | |
| 235 t->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 236 } | |
| 237 else if (e) | |
| 238 e->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 239 else if (s) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 char *p = s->ident ? s->ident->toChars() : s->toChars(); | |
| 242 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 243 } | |
| 244 else if (v) | |
| 245 { | |
| 246 Objects *args = &v->objects; | |
| 247 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 248 { | |
| 249 if (i) | |
| 250 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 251 Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 252 ObjectToCBuffer(buf, hgs, o); | |
| 253 } | |
| 254 } | |
| 255 else if (!oarg) | |
| 256 { | |
| 257 buf->writestring("NULL"); | |
| 258 } | |
| 259 else | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 262 printf("bad Object = %p\n", oarg); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 264 assert(0); | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
268 #if DMDV2 |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
269 Object *objectSyntaxCopy(Object *o) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
270 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
271 if (!o) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
272 return NULL; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
273 Type *t = isType(o); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
274 if (t) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
275 return t->syntaxCopy(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
276 Expression *e = isExpression(o); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
277 if (e) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
278 return e->syntaxCopy(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
279 return o; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
280 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
281 #endif |
| 336 | 282 |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* ======================== TemplateDeclaration ============================= */ | |
| 285 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
286 TemplateDeclaration::TemplateDeclaration(Loc loc, Identifier *id, |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
287 TemplateParameters *parameters, Expression *constraint, Array *decldefs) |
| 336 | 288 : ScopeDsymbol(id) |
| 289 { | |
| 290 #if LOG | |
| 291 printf("TemplateDeclaration(this = %p, id = '%s')\n", this, id->toChars()); | |
| 292 #endif | |
| 293 #if 0 | |
| 294 if (parameters) | |
| 295 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 296 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 297 //printf("\tparameter[%d] = %p\n", i, tp); | |
| 298 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 299 | |
| 300 if (ttp) | |
| 301 { | |
| 302 printf("\tparameter[%d] = %s : %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars(), ttp->specType ? ttp->specType->toChars() : ""); | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 } | |
| 305 #endif | |
| 306 this->loc = loc; | |
| 307 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 308 this->origParameters = parameters; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
309 this->constraint = constraint; |
| 336 | 310 this->members = decldefs; |
| 311 this->overnext = NULL; | |
| 312 this->overroot = NULL; | |
| 313 this->scope = NULL; | |
| 314 this->onemember = NULL; | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Dsymbol *TemplateDeclaration::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *) | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 //printf("TemplateDeclaration::syntaxCopy()\n"); | |
| 320 TemplateDeclaration *td; | |
| 321 TemplateParameters *p; | |
| 322 Array *d; | |
| 323 | |
| 324 p = NULL; | |
| 325 if (parameters) | |
| 326 { | |
| 327 p = new TemplateParameters(); | |
| 328 p->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 329 for (int i = 0; i < p->dim; i++) | |
| 330 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 331 p->data[i] = (void *)tp->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
334 Expression *e = NULL; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
335 if (constraint) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
336 e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
| 336 | 337 d = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(members); |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
338 td = new TemplateDeclaration(loc, ident, p, e, d); |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
339 |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
340 #if IN_LLVM |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
561
diff
changeset
|
341 // LDC |
|
527
cecfee2d01a8
Added support for overloaded intrinsics.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
342 td->intrinsicName = intrinsicName; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
343 #endif |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
344 |
| 336 | 345 return td; |
| 346 } | |
| 347 | |
| 348 void TemplateDeclaration::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 349 { | |
| 350 #if LOG | |
| 351 printf("TemplateDeclaration::semantic(this = %p, id = '%s')\n", this, ident->toChars()); | |
| 352 #endif | |
| 353 if (scope) | |
| 354 return; // semantic() already run | |
| 355 | |
| 356 if (sc->func) | |
| 357 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
358 #if DMDV1 |
| 336 | 359 error("cannot declare template at function scope %s", sc->func->toChars()); |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
360 #endif |
| 336 | 361 } |
| 362 | |
| 363 if (/*global.params.useArrayBounds &&*/ sc->module) | |
| 364 { | |
| 365 // Generate this function as it may be used | |
| 366 // when template is instantiated in other modules | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
367 |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
368 // FIXME: LDC |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
369 //sc->module->toModuleArray(); |
| 336 | 370 } |
| 371 | |
| 372 if (/*global.params.useAssert &&*/ sc->module) | |
| 373 { | |
| 374 // Generate this function as it may be used | |
| 375 // when template is instantiated in other modules | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
376 |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
377 // FIXME: LDC |
|
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
378 //sc->module->toModuleAssert(); |
| 336 | 379 } |
| 380 | |
| 381 /* Remember Scope for later instantiations, but make | |
| 382 * a copy since attributes can change. | |
| 383 */ | |
| 384 this->scope = new Scope(*sc); | |
| 385 this->scope->setNoFree(); | |
| 386 | |
| 387 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 388 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 389 paramsym->parent = sc->parent; | |
| 390 Scope *paramscope = sc->push(paramsym); | |
| 391 paramscope->parameterSpecialization = 1; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
392 paramscope->stc = 0; |
| 336 | 393 |
| 394 if (global.params.doDocComments) | |
| 395 { | |
| 396 origParameters = new TemplateParameters(); | |
| 397 origParameters->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 398 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 399 { | |
| 400 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 401 origParameters->data[i] = (void *)tp->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 406 { | |
| 407 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 408 | |
| 409 tp->declareParameter(paramscope); | |
| 410 } | |
| 411 | |
| 412 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 415 | |
| 416 tp->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 417 if (i + 1 != parameters->dim && tp->isTemplateTupleParameter()) | |
| 418 error("template tuple parameter must be last one"); | |
| 419 } | |
| 420 | |
| 421 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 422 | |
| 423 if (members) | |
| 424 { | |
| 425 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 426 if (Dsymbol::oneMembers(members, &s)) | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 if (s && s->ident && s->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 429 { | |
| 430 onemember = s; | |
| 431 s->parent = this; | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 /* BUG: should check: | |
| 437 * o no virtual functions or non-static data members of classes | |
| 438 */ | |
| 439 } | |
| 440 | |
| 441 const char *TemplateDeclaration::kind() | |
| 442 { | |
| 443 return (onemember && onemember->isAggregateDeclaration()) | |
| 444 ? onemember->kind() | |
| 445 : (char *)"template"; | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 | |
| 448 /********************************** | |
| 449 * Overload existing TemplateDeclaration 'this' with the new one 's'. | |
| 450 * Return !=0 if successful; i.e. no conflict. | |
| 451 */ | |
| 452 | |
| 453 int TemplateDeclaration::overloadInsert(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 454 { | |
| 455 TemplateDeclaration **pf; | |
| 456 TemplateDeclaration *f; | |
| 457 | |
| 458 #if LOG | |
| 459 printf("TemplateDeclaration::overloadInsert('%s')\n", s->toChars()); | |
| 460 #endif | |
| 461 f = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 462 if (!f) | |
| 463 return FALSE; | |
| 464 TemplateDeclaration *pthis = this; | |
| 465 for (pf = &pthis; *pf; pf = &(*pf)->overnext) | |
| 466 { | |
| 467 #if 0 | |
| 468 // Conflict if TemplateParameter's match | |
| 469 // Will get caught anyway later with TemplateInstance, but | |
| 470 // should check it now. | |
| 471 TemplateDeclaration *f2 = *pf; | |
| 472 | |
| 473 if (f->parameters->dim != f2->parameters->dim) | |
| 474 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 475 | |
| 476 for (int i = 0; i < f->parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 477 { TemplateParameter *p1 = (TemplateParameter *)f->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 478 TemplateParameter *p2 = (TemplateParameter *)f2->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 if (!p1->overloadMatch(p2)) | |
| 481 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 #if LOG | |
| 485 printf("\tfalse: conflict\n"); | |
| 486 #endif | |
| 487 return FALSE; | |
| 488 | |
| 489 Lcontinue: | |
| 490 ; | |
| 491 #endif | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 f->overroot = this; | |
| 495 *pf = f; | |
| 496 #if LOG | |
| 497 printf("\ttrue: no conflict\n"); | |
| 498 #endif | |
| 499 return TRUE; | |
| 500 } | |
| 501 | |
| 502 /*************************************** | |
| 503 * Given that ti is an instance of this TemplateDeclaration, | |
| 504 * deduce the types of the parameters to this, and store | |
| 505 * those deduced types in dedtypes[]. | |
| 506 * Input: | |
| 507 * flag 1: don't do semantic() because of dummy types | |
| 508 * 2: don't change types in matchArg() | |
| 509 * Output: | |
| 510 * dedtypes deduced arguments | |
| 511 * Return match level. | |
| 512 */ | |
| 513 | |
| 514 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(TemplateInstance *ti, | |
| 515 Objects *dedtypes, int flag) | |
| 516 { MATCH m; | |
| 517 int dedtypes_dim = dedtypes->dim; | |
| 518 | |
| 519 #define LOGM 0 | |
| 520 #if LOGM | |
| 521 printf("\n+TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(this = %s, ti = %s, flag = %d)\n", toChars(), ti->toChars(), flag); | |
| 522 #endif | |
| 523 | |
| 524 #if 0 | |
| 525 printf("dedtypes->dim = %d, parameters->dim = %d\n", dedtypes_dim, parameters->dim); | |
| 526 if (ti->tiargs->dim) | |
| 527 printf("ti->tiargs->dim = %d, [0] = %p\n", | |
| 528 ti->tiargs->dim, | |
| 529 ti->tiargs->data[0]); | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 dedtypes->zero(); | |
| 532 | |
| 533 int parameters_dim = parameters->dim; | |
| 534 int variadic = isVariadic() != NULL; | |
| 535 | |
| 536 // If more arguments than parameters, no match | |
| 537 if (ti->tiargs->dim > parameters_dim && !variadic) | |
| 538 { | |
| 539 #if LOGM | |
| 540 printf(" no match: more arguments than parameters\n"); | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 543 } | |
| 544 | |
| 545 assert(dedtypes_dim == parameters_dim); | |
| 546 assert(dedtypes_dim >= ti->tiargs->dim || variadic); | |
| 547 | |
| 548 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 549 assert((size_t)scope > 0x10000); | |
| 550 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 551 paramsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 552 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(paramsym); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
553 paramscope->stc = 0; |
| 336 | 554 |
| 555 // Attempt type deduction | |
| 556 m = MATCHexact; | |
| 557 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) | |
| 558 { MATCH m2; | |
| 559 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 560 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 561 | |
| 562 //printf("\targument [%d]\n", i); | |
| 563 #if LOGM | |
| 564 //printf("\targument [%d] is %s\n", i, oarg ? oarg->toChars() : "null"); | |
| 565 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 566 if (ttp) | |
| 567 printf("\tparameter[%d] is %s : %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars(), ttp->specType ? ttp->specType->toChars() : ""); | |
| 568 #endif | |
| 569 | |
| 570 #if DMDV1 | |
| 571 m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, ti->tiargs, i, parameters, dedtypes, &sparam); | |
| 572 #else | |
| 573 m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, ti->tiargs, i, parameters, dedtypes, &sparam, (flag & 2) ? 1 : 0); | |
| 574 | |
| 575 #endif | |
| 576 //printf("\tm2 = %d\n", m2); | |
| 577 | |
| 578 if (m2 == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 #if 0 | |
| 581 printf("\tmatchArg() for parameter %i failed\n", i); | |
| 582 #endif | |
| 583 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 584 } | |
| 585 | |
| 586 if (m2 < m) | |
| 587 m = m2; | |
| 588 | |
| 589 if (!flag) | |
| 590 sparam->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 591 if (!paramscope->insert(sparam)) | |
| 592 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 | |
| 595 if (!flag) | |
| 596 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
597 /* Any parameter left without a type gets the type of |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
598 * its corresponding arg |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
599 */ |
| 336 | 600 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) |
| 601 { | |
| 602 if (!dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 603 { assert(i < ti->tiargs->dim); | |
| 604 dedtypes->data[i] = ti->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 605 } | |
| 606 } | |
| 607 } | |
| 608 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
609 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
610 if (m && constraint && !(flag & 1)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
611 { /* Check to see if constraint is satisfied. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
612 */ |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
613 Expression *e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
614 paramscope->flags |= SCOPEstaticif; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
615 e = e->semantic(paramscope); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
616 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
617 if (e->isBool(TRUE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
618 ; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
619 else if (e->isBool(FALSE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
620 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
621 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
622 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
623 e->error("constraint %s is not constant or does not evaluate to a bool", e->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
624 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
625 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
626 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
627 |
| 336 | 628 #if LOGM |
| 629 // Print out the results | |
| 630 printf("--------------------------\n"); | |
| 631 printf("template %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 632 printf("instance %s\n", ti->toChars()); | |
| 633 if (m) | |
| 634 { | |
| 635 for (int i = 0; i < dedtypes_dim; i++) | |
| 636 { | |
| 637 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 638 Object *oarg; | |
| 639 | |
| 640 printf(" [%d]", i); | |
| 641 | |
| 642 if (i < ti->tiargs->dim) | |
| 643 oarg = (Object *)ti->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 644 else | |
| 645 oarg = NULL; | |
| 646 tp->print(oarg, (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]); | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 } | |
| 649 else | |
| 650 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 651 #endif | |
| 652 | |
| 653 #if LOGM | |
| 654 printf(" match = %d\n", m); | |
| 655 #endif | |
| 656 goto Lret; | |
| 657 | |
| 658 Lnomatch: | |
| 659 #if LOGM | |
| 660 printf(" no match\n"); | |
| 661 #endif | |
| 662 m = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 663 | |
| 664 Lret: | |
| 665 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 666 #if LOGM | |
| 667 printf("-TemplateDeclaration::matchWithInstance(this = %p, ti = %p) = %d\n", this, ti, m); | |
| 668 #endif | |
| 669 return m; | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 | |
| 672 /******************************************** | |
| 673 * Determine partial specialization order of 'this' vs td2. | |
| 674 * Returns: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
675 * match this is at least as specialized as td2 |
| 336 | 676 * 0 td2 is more specialized than this |
| 677 */ | |
| 678 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
679 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::leastAsSpecialized(TemplateDeclaration *td2) |
| 336 | 680 { |
| 681 /* This works by taking the template parameters to this template | |
| 682 * declaration and feeding them to td2 as if it were a template | |
| 683 * instance. | |
| 684 * If it works, then this template is at least as specialized | |
| 685 * as td2. | |
| 686 */ | |
| 687 | |
| 688 TemplateInstance ti(0, ident); // create dummy template instance | |
| 689 Objects dedtypes; | |
| 690 | |
| 691 #define LOG_LEASTAS 0 | |
| 692 | |
| 693 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
| 694 printf("%s.leastAsSpecialized(%s)\n", toChars(), td2->toChars()); | |
| 695 #endif | |
| 696 | |
| 697 // Set type arguments to dummy template instance to be types | |
| 698 // generated from the parameters to this template declaration | |
| 699 ti.tiargs = new Objects(); | |
| 700 ti.tiargs->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 701 for (int i = 0; i < ti.tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 702 { | |
| 703 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 704 | |
| 705 void *p = tp->dummyArg(); | |
| 706 if (p) | |
| 707 ti.tiargs->data[i] = p; | |
| 708 else | |
| 709 ti.tiargs->setDim(i); | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 | |
| 712 // Temporary Array to hold deduced types | |
| 713 //dedtypes.setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 714 dedtypes.setDim(td2->parameters->dim); | |
| 715 | |
| 716 // Attempt a type deduction | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
717 MATCH m = td2->matchWithInstance(&ti, &dedtypes, 1); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
718 if (m) |
| 336 | 719 { |
| 720 /* A non-variadic template is more specialized than a | |
| 721 * variadic one. | |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 if (isVariadic() && !td2->isVariadic()) | |
| 724 goto L1; | |
| 725 | |
| 726 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
727 printf(" matches %d, so is least as specialized\n", m); |
| 336 | 728 #endif |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
729 return m; |
| 336 | 730 } |
| 731 L1: | |
| 732 #if LOG_LEASTAS | |
| 733 printf(" doesn't match, so is not as specialized\n"); | |
| 734 #endif | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
735 return MATCHnomatch; |
| 336 | 736 } |
| 737 | |
| 738 | |
| 739 /************************************************* | |
| 740 * Match function arguments against a specific template function. | |
| 741 * Input: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
742 * loc instantiation location |
| 336 | 743 * targsi Expression/Type initial list of template arguments |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
744 * ethis 'this' argument if !NULL |
| 336 | 745 * fargs arguments to function |
| 746 * Output: | |
| 747 * dedargs Expression/Type deduced template arguments | |
| 748 * Returns: | |
| 749 * match level | |
| 750 */ | |
| 751 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
752 MATCH TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplateMatch(Loc loc, Objects *targsi, |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
753 Expression *ethis, Expressions *fargs, |
| 336 | 754 Objects *dedargs) |
| 755 { | |
| 756 size_t i; | |
| 757 size_t nfparams; | |
| 758 size_t nfargs; | |
| 759 size_t nargsi; // array size of targsi | |
| 760 int fptupindex = -1; | |
| 761 int tuple_dim = 0; | |
| 762 MATCH match = MATCHexact; | |
| 763 FuncDeclaration *fd = onemember->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration(); | |
| 764 TypeFunction *fdtype; // type of fd | |
| 765 Objects dedtypes; // for T:T*, the dedargs is the T*, dedtypes is the T | |
| 766 | |
| 767 #if 0 | |
| 768 printf("\nTemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplateMatch() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 769 for (i = 0; i < fargs->dim; i++) | |
| 770 { Expression *e = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 771 printf("\tfarg[%d] is %s, type is %s\n", i, e->toChars(), e->type->toChars()); | |
| 772 } | |
| 773 #endif | |
| 774 | |
| 775 assert((size_t)scope > 0x10000); | |
| 776 | |
| 777 dedargs->setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 778 dedargs->zero(); | |
| 779 | |
| 780 dedtypes.setDim(parameters->dim); | |
| 781 dedtypes.zero(); | |
| 782 | |
| 783 // Set up scope for parameters | |
| 784 ScopeDsymbol *paramsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 785 paramsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 786 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(paramsym); | |
| 787 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
788 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = isVariadic(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
789 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
790 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
791 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
792 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
793 printf("\tdedarg[%d] = ", i); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
794 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
795 if (oarg) printf("%s", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
796 printf("\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
797 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
798 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
799 |
| 336 | 800 |
| 801 nargsi = 0; | |
| 802 if (targsi) | |
| 803 { // Set initial template arguments | |
| 804 | |
| 805 nargsi = targsi->dim; | |
| 806 if (nargsi > parameters->dim) | |
| 807 { if (!tp) | |
| 808 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 809 dedargs->setDim(nargsi); | |
| 810 dedargs->zero(); | |
| 811 } | |
| 812 | |
| 813 memcpy(dedargs->data, targsi->data, nargsi * sizeof(*dedargs->data)); | |
| 814 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
815 for (size_t i = 0; i < nargsi; i++) |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
816 { assert(i < parameters->dim); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
817 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
| 336 | 818 MATCH m; |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
819 Declaration *sparam = NULL; |
| 336 | 820 |
| 821 m = tp->matchArg(paramscope, dedargs, i, parameters, &dedtypes, &sparam); | |
| 822 //printf("\tdeduceType m = %d\n", m); | |
| 823 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 824 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 825 if (m < match) | |
| 826 match = m; | |
| 827 | |
| 828 sparam->semantic(paramscope); | |
| 829 if (!paramscope->insert(sparam)) | |
| 830 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 831 } | |
| 832 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
833 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
834 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
835 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
836 printf("\tdedarg[%d] = ", i); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
837 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
838 if (oarg) printf("%s", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
839 printf("\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
840 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
841 #endif |
| 336 | 842 |
| 843 assert(fd->type->ty == Tfunction); | |
| 844 fdtype = (TypeFunction *)fd->type; | |
| 845 | |
| 846 nfparams = Argument::dim(fdtype->parameters); // number of function parameters | |
| 847 nfargs = fargs->dim; // number of function arguments | |
| 848 | |
| 849 /* Check for match of function arguments with variadic template | |
| 850 * parameter, such as: | |
| 851 * | |
| 852 * template Foo(T, A...) { void Foo(T t, A a); } | |
| 853 * void main() { Foo(1,2,3); } | |
| 854 */ | |
| 855 if (tp) // if variadic | |
| 856 { | |
| 857 if (nfparams == 0) // if no function parameters | |
| 858 { | |
| 859 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 860 //printf("t = %p\n", t); | |
| 861 dedargs->data[parameters->dim - 1] = (void *)t; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
862 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, t); |
| 336 | 863 goto L2; |
| 864 } | |
| 865 else if (nfargs < nfparams - 1) | |
| 866 goto L1; | |
| 867 else | |
| 868 { | |
| 869 /* Figure out which of the function parameters matches | |
| 870 * the tuple template parameter. Do this by matching | |
| 871 * type identifiers. | |
| 872 * Set the index of this function parameter to fptupindex. | |
| 873 */ | |
| 874 for (fptupindex = 0; fptupindex < nfparams; fptupindex++) | |
| 875 { | |
| 876 Argument *fparam = (Argument *)fdtype->parameters->data[fptupindex]; | |
| 877 if (fparam->type->ty != Tident) | |
| 878 continue; | |
| 879 TypeIdentifier *tid = (TypeIdentifier *)fparam->type; | |
| 880 if (!tp->ident->equals(tid->ident) || tid->idents.dim) | |
| 881 continue; | |
| 882 | |
| 883 if (fdtype->varargs) // variadic function doesn't | |
| 884 goto Lnomatch; // go with variadic template | |
| 885 | |
| 886 /* The types of the function arguments | |
| 887 * now form the tuple argument. | |
| 888 */ | |
| 889 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 890 dedargs->data[parameters->dim - 1] = (void *)t; | |
| 891 | |
| 892 tuple_dim = nfargs - (nfparams - 1); | |
| 893 t->objects.setDim(tuple_dim); | |
| 894 for (i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
| 895 { Expression *farg = (Expression *)fargs->data[fptupindex + i]; | |
| 896 t->objects.data[i] = (void *)farg->type; | |
| 897 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
898 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, t); |
| 336 | 899 goto L2; |
| 900 } | |
| 901 fptupindex = -1; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 | |
| 905 L1: | |
| 906 if (nfparams == nfargs) | |
| 907 ; | |
| 908 else if (nfargs > nfparams) | |
| 909 { | |
| 910 if (fdtype->varargs == 0) | |
| 911 goto Lnomatch; // too many args, no match | |
| 912 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a conversion | |
| 913 } | |
| 914 | |
| 915 L2: | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
916 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
917 // Match 'ethis' to any TemplateThisParameter's |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
918 if (ethis) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
919 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
920 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
921 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
922 TemplateThisParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateThisParameter(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
923 if (ttp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
924 { MATCH m; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
925 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
926 Type *t = new TypeIdentifier(0, ttp->ident); |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
927 m = ethis->type->deduceType(paramscope, t, parameters, &dedtypes); |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
928 if (!m) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
929 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
930 if (m < match) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
931 match = m; // pick worst match |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
932 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
933 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
934 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
935 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
936 |
| 336 | 937 // Loop through the function parameters |
| 938 for (i = 0; i < nfparams; i++) | |
| 939 { | |
| 940 /* Skip over function parameters which wound up | |
| 941 * as part of a template tuple parameter. | |
| 942 */ | |
| 943 if (i == fptupindex) | |
| 944 { if (fptupindex == nfparams - 1) | |
| 945 break; | |
| 946 i += tuple_dim - 1; | |
| 947 continue; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 | |
| 950 Argument *fparam = Argument::getNth(fdtype->parameters, i); | |
| 951 | |
| 952 if (i >= nfargs) // if not enough arguments | |
| 953 { | |
| 954 if (fparam->defaultArg) | |
| 955 { /* Default arguments do not participate in template argument | |
| 956 * deduction. | |
| 957 */ | |
| 958 goto Lmatch; | |
| 959 } | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 else | |
| 962 { Expression *farg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 963 #if 0 | |
| 964 printf("\tfarg->type = %s\n", farg->type->toChars()); | |
| 965 printf("\tfparam->type = %s\n", fparam->type->toChars()); | |
| 966 #endif | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
967 Type *argtype = farg->type; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
968 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
969 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
970 /* Allow string literals which are type [] to match with [dim] |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
971 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
972 if (farg->op == TOKstring) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
973 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)farg; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
974 if (!se->committed && argtype->ty == Tarray && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
975 fparam->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
976 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
977 argtype = new TypeSArray(argtype->nextOf(), new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex)); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
978 argtype = argtype->semantic(se->loc, NULL); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
979 argtype = argtype->invariantOf(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
980 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
981 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
982 #endif |
| 336 | 983 |
| 984 MATCH m; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
985 m = argtype->deduceType(paramscope, fparam->type, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 986 //printf("\tdeduceType m = %d\n", m); |
| 987 | |
| 988 /* If no match, see if there's a conversion to a delegate | |
| 989 */ | |
| 990 if (!m && fparam->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 991 { | |
| 992 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)fparam->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 993 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 994 | |
| 995 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 996 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
997 m = farg->type->deduceType(paramscope, tf->next, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 998 if (!m && tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) |
| 999 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 //printf("\tm2 = %d\n", m); | |
| 1002 } | |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 if (m) | |
| 1005 { if (m < match) | |
| 1006 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 1007 continue; | |
| 1008 } | |
| 1009 } | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 /* The following code for variadic arguments closely | |
| 1012 * matches TypeFunction::callMatch() | |
| 1013 */ | |
| 1014 if (!(fdtype->varargs == 2 && i + 1 == nfparams)) | |
| 1015 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 /* Check for match with function parameter T... | |
| 1018 */ | |
| 1019 Type *tb = fparam->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 1020 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 1021 { | |
| 1022 // Perhaps we can do better with this, see TypeFunction::callMatch() | |
| 1023 case Tsarray: | |
| 1024 { TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1025 dinteger_t sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); |
| 336 | 1026 if (sz != nfargs - i) |
| 1027 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1028 } | |
| 1029 case Tarray: | |
| 1030 { TypeArray *ta = (TypeArray *)tb; | |
| 1031 for (; i < nfargs; i++) | |
| 1032 { | |
| 1033 Expression *arg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 1034 assert(arg); | |
| 1035 MATCH m; | |
| 1036 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 1037 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 1038 */ | |
| 1039 Type *tret = fparam->isLazyArray(); | |
| 1040 if (tret) | |
| 1041 { | |
| 1042 if (ta->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 1043 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 1044 } | |
| 1045 else | |
| 1046 { | |
| 1047 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 1048 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 1049 { | |
| 1050 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1051 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1052 } | |
| 1053 } | |
| 1054 } | |
| 1055 else | |
| 1056 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1057 m = arg->type->deduceType(paramscope, ta->next, parameters, &dedtypes); |
| 336 | 1058 //m = arg->implicitConvTo(ta->next); |
| 1059 } | |
| 1060 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 1061 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1062 if (m < match) | |
| 1063 match = m; | |
| 1064 } | |
| 1065 goto Lmatch; | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 case Tclass: | |
| 1068 case Tident: | |
| 1069 goto Lmatch; | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 default: | |
| 1072 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1073 } | |
| 1074 } | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 Lmatch: | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 /* Fill in any missing arguments with their defaults. | |
| 1079 */ | |
| 1080 for (i = nargsi; i < dedargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1081 { | |
| 1082 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1083 //printf("tp[%d] = %s\n", i, tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1084 /* For T:T*, the dedargs is the T*, dedtypes is the T | |
| 1085 * But for function templates, we really need them to match | |
| 1086 */ | |
| 1087 Object *oarg = (Object *)dedargs->data[i]; | |
| 1088 Object *oded = (Object *)dedtypes.data[i]; | |
| 1089 //printf("1dedargs[%d] = %p, dedtypes[%d] = %p\n", i, oarg, i, oded); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1090 //if (oarg) printf("oarg: %s\n", oarg->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1091 //if (oded) printf("oded: %s\n", oded->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1092 if (!oarg) |
| 1093 { | |
| 1094 if (oded) | |
| 1095 { | |
| 1096 if (tp->specialization()) | |
| 1097 { /* The specialization can work as long as afterwards | |
| 1098 * the oded == oarg | |
| 1099 */ | |
| 1100 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 1101 dedargs->data[i] = (void *)oded; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1102 MATCH m2 = tp->matchArg(paramscope, dedargs, i, parameters, &dedtypes, &sparam, 0); |
| 336 | 1103 //printf("m2 = %d\n", m2); |
| 1104 if (!m2) | |
| 1105 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1106 if (m2 < match) | |
| 1107 match = m2; // pick worst match | |
| 1108 if (dedtypes.data[i] != oded) | |
| 1109 error("specialization not allowed for deduced parameter %s", tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1110 } | |
| 1111 } | |
| 1112 else | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1113 { oded = tp->defaultArg(loc, paramscope); |
| 336 | 1114 if (!oded) |
| 1115 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1116 } | |
| 1117 declareParameter(paramscope, tp, oded); | |
| 1118 dedargs->data[i] = (void *)oded; | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1122 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1123 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1124 { /* Check to see if constraint is satisfied. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1125 */ |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1126 Expression *e = constraint->syntaxCopy(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1127 paramscope->flags |= SCOPEstaticif; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1128 e = e->semantic(paramscope); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1129 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1130 if (e->isBool(TRUE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1131 ; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1132 else if (e->isBool(FALSE)) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1133 goto Lnomatch; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1134 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1135 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1136 e->error("constraint %s is not constant or does not evaluate to a bool", e->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1137 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1138 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1139 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
| 336 | 1141 #if 0 |
| 1142 for (i = 0; i < dedargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1143 { Type *t = (Type *)dedargs->data[i]; | |
| 1144 printf("\tdedargs[%d] = %d, %s\n", i, t->dyncast(), t->toChars()); | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 1149 //printf("\tmatch %d\n", match); | |
| 1150 return match; | |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 Lnomatch: | |
| 1153 paramscope->pop(); | |
| 1154 //printf("\tnomatch\n"); | |
| 1155 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1156 } | |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 /************************************************** | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1159 * Declare template parameter tp with value o, and install it in the scope sc. |
| 336 | 1160 */ |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 void TemplateDeclaration::declareParameter(Scope *sc, TemplateParameter *tp, Object *o) | |
| 1163 { | |
| 1164 //printf("TemplateDeclaration::declareParameter('%s', o = %p)\n", tp->ident->toChars(), o); | |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 Type *targ = isType(o); | |
| 1167 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 1168 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 1169 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1172 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1173 // See if tp->ident already exists with a matching definition |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1174 Dsymbol *scopesym; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1175 s = sc->search(loc, tp->ident, &scopesym); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1176 if (s && scopesym == sc->scopesym) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1177 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1178 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1179 if (va && td) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1180 { Tuple tup; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1181 tup.objects = *td->objects; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1182 if (match(va, &tup, this, sc)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1183 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1184 return; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1185 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1186 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1187 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
| 336 | 1189 if (targ) |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 //printf("type %s\n", targ->toChars()); | |
| 1192 s = new AliasDeclaration(0, tp->ident, targ); | |
| 1193 } | |
| 1194 else if (sa) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 //printf("Alias %s %s;\n", sa->ident->toChars(), tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1197 s = new AliasDeclaration(0, tp->ident, sa); | |
| 1198 } | |
| 1199 else if (ea) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 1201 // tdtypes.data[i] always matches ea here | |
| 1202 Initializer *init = new ExpInitializer(loc, ea); | |
| 1203 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1204 assert(tvp); | |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 VarDeclaration *v = new VarDeclaration(loc, tvp->valType, tp->ident, init); | |
| 1207 v->storage_class = STCconst; | |
| 1208 s = v; | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 else if (va) | |
| 1211 { | |
| 1212 //printf("\ttuple\n"); | |
| 1213 s = new TupleDeclaration(loc, tp->ident, &va->objects); | |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 else | |
| 1216 { | |
| 1217 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 1218 o->print(); | |
| 1219 #endif | |
| 1220 assert(0); | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 if (!sc->insert(s)) | |
| 1223 error("declaration %s is already defined", tp->ident->toChars()); | |
| 1224 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 1225 } | |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 /************************************** | |
| 1228 * Determine if TemplateDeclaration is variadic. | |
| 1229 */ | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 TemplateTupleParameter *isVariadic(TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1232 { size_t dim = parameters->dim; | |
| 1233 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = NULL; | |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 if (dim) | |
| 1236 tp = ((TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[dim - 1])->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 1237 return tp; | |
| 1238 } | |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateDeclaration::isVariadic() | |
| 1241 { | |
| 1242 return ::isVariadic(parameters); | |
| 1243 } | |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 /*********************************** | |
| 1246 * We can overload templates. | |
| 1247 */ | |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 int TemplateDeclaration::isOverloadable() | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 return 1; | |
| 1252 } | |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 /************************************************* | |
| 1255 * Given function arguments, figure out which template function | |
| 1256 * to expand, and return that function. | |
| 1257 * If no match, give error message and return NULL. | |
| 1258 * Input: | |
| 1259 * sc instantiation scope | |
| 1260 * loc instantiation location | |
| 1261 * targsi initial list of template arguments | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1262 * ethis if !NULL, the 'this' pointer argument |
| 336 | 1263 * fargs arguments to function |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1264 * flags 1: do not issue error message on no match, just return NULL |
| 336 | 1265 */ |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 FuncDeclaration *TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplate(Scope *sc, Loc loc, | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1268 Objects *targsi, Expression *ethis, Expressions *fargs, int flags) |
| 336 | 1269 { |
| 1270 MATCH m_best = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1271 TemplateDeclaration *td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1272 TemplateDeclaration *td_best = NULL; | |
| 1273 Objects *tdargs = new Objects(); | |
| 1274 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 1275 FuncDeclaration *fd; | |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 #if 0 | |
| 1278 printf("TemplateDeclaration::deduceFunctionTemplate() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1279 printf(" targsi:\n"); | |
| 1280 if (targsi) | |
| 1281 { for (int i = 0; i < targsi->dim; i++) | |
| 1282 { Object *arg = (Object *)targsi->data[i]; | |
| 1283 printf("\t%s\n", arg->toChars()); | |
| 1284 } | |
| 1285 } | |
| 1286 printf(" fargs:\n"); | |
| 1287 for (int i = 0; i < fargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1288 { Expression *arg = (Expression *)fargs->data[i]; | |
| 1289 printf("\t%s %s\n", arg->type->toChars(), arg->toChars()); | |
| 1290 //printf("\tty = %d\n", arg->type->ty); | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 #endif | |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = this; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 1295 { | |
| 1296 if (!td->scope) | |
| 1297 { | |
| 1298 error("forward reference to template %s", td->toChars()); | |
| 1299 goto Lerror; | |
| 1300 } | |
| 1301 if (!td->onemember || !td->onemember->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 1302 { | |
| 1303 error("is not a function template"); | |
| 1304 goto Lerror; | |
| 1305 } | |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 MATCH m; | |
| 1308 Objects dedargs; | |
| 1309 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1310 m = td->deduceFunctionTemplateMatch(loc, targsi, ethis, fargs, &dedargs); |
| 336 | 1311 //printf("deduceFunctionTemplateMatch = %d\n", m); |
| 1312 if (!m) // if no match | |
| 1313 continue; | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 if (m < m_best) | |
| 1316 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 1317 if (m > m_best) | |
| 1318 goto Ltd; | |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 { | |
| 1321 // Disambiguate by picking the most specialized TemplateDeclaration | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1322 MATCH c1 = td->leastAsSpecialized(td_best); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1323 MATCH c2 = td_best->leastAsSpecialized(td); |
| 336 | 1324 //printf("c1 = %d, c2 = %d\n", c1, c2); |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 if (c1 > c2) | |
| 1327 goto Ltd; | |
| 1328 else if (c1 < c2) | |
| 1329 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 1330 else | |
| 1331 goto Lambig; | |
| 1332 } | |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 Lambig: // td_best and td are ambiguous | |
| 1335 td_ambig = td; | |
| 1336 continue; | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 Ltd_best: // td_best is the best match so far | |
| 1339 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1340 continue; | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 Ltd: // td is the new best match | |
| 1343 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 1344 assert((size_t)td->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 1345 td_best = td; | |
| 1346 m_best = m; | |
| 1347 tdargs->setDim(dedargs.dim); | |
| 1348 memcpy(tdargs->data, dedargs.data, tdargs->dim * sizeof(void *)); | |
| 1349 continue; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 if (!td_best) | |
| 1352 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1353 error(loc, "does not match any function template declaration"); |
| 336 | 1354 goto Lerror; |
| 1355 } | |
| 1356 if (td_ambig) | |
| 1357 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1358 error(loc, "matches more than one function template declaration:\n %s\nand:\n %s", |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1359 td_best->toChars(), td_ambig->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1360 } |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 /* The best match is td_best with arguments tdargs. | |
| 1363 * Now instantiate the template. | |
| 1364 */ | |
| 1365 assert((size_t)td_best->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 1366 ti = new TemplateInstance(loc, td_best, tdargs); | |
| 1367 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 1368 fd = ti->toAlias()->isFuncDeclaration(); | |
| 1369 if (!fd) | |
| 1370 goto Lerror; | |
| 1371 return fd; | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 Lerror: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1374 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1375 if (!(flags & 1)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1376 #endif |
| 336 | 1377 { |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1378 HdrGenState hgs; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1380 OutBuffer bufa; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1381 Objects *args = targsi; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1382 if (args) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1383 { for (int i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1384 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1385 if (i) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1386 bufa.writeByte(','); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1387 Object *oarg = (Object *)args->data[i]; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1388 ObjectToCBuffer(&bufa, &hgs, oarg); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1389 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1390 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1391 |
| 336 | 1392 OutBuffer buf; |
| 1393 argExpTypesToCBuffer(&buf, fargs, &hgs); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1394 error(loc, "cannot deduce template function from argument types !(%s)(%s)", |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1395 bufa.toChars(), buf.toChars()); |
| 336 | 1396 } |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1397 return NULL; |
| 336 | 1398 } |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 void TemplateDeclaration::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 1401 { | |
| 1402 #if 0 // Should handle template functions | |
| 1403 if (onemember && onemember->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 1404 buf->writestring("foo "); | |
| 1405 #endif | |
| 1406 buf->writestring(kind()); | |
| 1407 buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 1408 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 1409 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 1410 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1411 { | |
| 1412 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1413 if (hgs->ddoc) | |
| 1414 tp = (TemplateParameter *)origParameters->data[i]; | |
| 1415 if (i) | |
| 1416 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 1417 tp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1420 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1421 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1422 { buf->writestring(" if ("); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1423 constraint->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1424 buf->writeByte(')'); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1425 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1426 #endif |
| 336 | 1427 |
| 1428 if (hgs->hdrgen) | |
| 1429 { | |
| 1430 hgs->tpltMember++; | |
| 1431 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1432 buf->writebyte('{'); | |
| 1433 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1434 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 1437 s->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 buf->writebyte('}'); | |
| 1440 buf->writenl(); | |
| 1441 hgs->tpltMember--; | |
| 1442 } | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 char *TemplateDeclaration::toChars() | |
| 1447 { OutBuffer buf; | |
| 1448 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 memset(&hgs, 0, sizeof(hgs)); | |
| 1451 buf.writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 1452 buf.writeByte('('); | |
| 1453 for (int i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1454 { | |
| 1455 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1456 if (i) | |
| 1457 buf.writeByte(','); | |
| 1458 tp->toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 1459 } | |
| 1460 buf.writeByte(')'); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1461 #if DMDV2 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1462 if (constraint) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1463 { buf.writestring(" if ("); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1464 constraint->toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1465 buf.writeByte(')'); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1466 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1467 #endif |
| 336 | 1468 buf.writeByte(0); |
| 1469 return (char *)buf.extractData(); | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 /* ======================== Type ============================================ */ | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 /**** | |
| 1475 * Given an identifier, figure out which TemplateParameter it is. | |
| 1476 * Return -1 if not found. | |
| 1477 */ | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 int templateIdentifierLookup(Identifier *id, TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1480 { | |
| 1481 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1482 { TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 if (tp->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 1485 return i; | |
| 1486 } | |
| 1487 return -1; | |
| 1488 } | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 int templateParameterLookup(Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters) | |
| 1491 { | |
| 1492 assert(tparam->ty == Tident); | |
| 1493 TypeIdentifier *tident = (TypeIdentifier *)tparam; | |
| 1494 //printf("\ttident = '%s'\n", tident->toChars()); | |
| 1495 if (tident->idents.dim == 0) | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 return templateIdentifierLookup(tident->ident, parameters); | |
| 1498 } | |
| 1499 return -1; | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 /* These form the heart of template argument deduction. | |
| 1503 * Given 'this' being the type argument to the template instance, | |
| 1504 * it is matched against the template declaration parameter specialization | |
| 1505 * 'tparam' to determine the type to be used for the parameter. | |
| 1506 * Example: | |
| 1507 * template Foo(T:T*) // template declaration | |
| 1508 * Foo!(int*) // template instantiation | |
| 1509 * Input: | |
| 1510 * this = int* | |
| 1511 * tparam = T | |
| 1512 * parameters = [ T:T* ] // Array of TemplateParameter's | |
| 1513 * Output: | |
| 1514 * dedtypes = [ int ] // Array of Expression/Type's | |
| 1515 */ | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 MATCH Type::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 1518 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1519 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1520 #if 0 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1521 printf("Type::deduceType()\n"); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1522 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1523 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1524 #endif |
| 336 | 1525 if (!tparam) |
| 1526 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 if (this == tparam) | |
| 1529 goto Lexact; | |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 if (tparam->ty == Tident) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 // Determine which parameter tparam is | |
| 1534 int i = templateParameterLookup(tparam, parameters); | |
| 1535 if (i == -1) | |
| 1536 { | |
| 1537 if (!sc) | |
| 1538 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 /* Need a loc to go with the semantic routine. | |
| 1541 */ | |
| 1542 Loc loc; | |
| 1543 if (parameters->dim) | |
| 1544 { | |
| 1545 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[0]; | |
| 1546 loc = tp->loc; | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* BUG: what if tparam is a template instance, that | |
| 1550 * has as an argument another Tident? | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 tparam = tparam->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 1553 assert(tparam->ty != Tident); | |
| 1554 return deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1555 } | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 // Found the corresponding parameter tp | |
| 1560 if (!tp->isTemplateTypeParameter()) | |
| 1561 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1562 Type *at = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 1563 if (!at) | |
| 1564 { | |
| 1565 dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)this; | |
| 1566 goto Lexact; | |
| 1567 } | |
| 1568 if (equals(at)) | |
| 1569 goto Lexact; | |
| 1570 else if (ty == Tclass && at->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1571 { | |
| 1572 return (MATCH) implicitConvTo(at); | |
| 1573 } | |
| 1574 else if (ty == Tsarray && at->ty == Tarray && | |
| 1575 nextOf()->equals(at->nextOf())) | |
| 1576 { | |
| 1577 goto Lexact; | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 else | |
| 1580 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1581 } | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 if (ty != tparam->ty) | |
| 1584 return implicitConvTo(tparam); | |
| 1585 // goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 if (nextOf()) | |
| 1588 return nextOf()->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 Lexact: | |
| 1591 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 Lnomatch: | |
| 1594 return MATCHnomatch; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1595 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1596 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1597 Lconst: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1598 return MATCHconst; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1599 #endif |
| 336 | 1600 } |
| 1601 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1602 #if DMDV2 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1603 MATCH TypeDArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1604 Objects *dedtypes) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1605 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1606 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1607 printf("TypeDArray::deduceType()\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1608 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1609 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1610 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1611 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1612 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1613 Lnomatch: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1614 return MATCHnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1615 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1616 #endif |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
| 336 | 1618 MATCH TypeSArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, |
| 1619 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 #if 0 | |
| 1622 printf("TypeSArray::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1623 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1624 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1625 #endif | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 // Extra check that array dimensions must match | |
| 1628 if (tparam) | |
| 1629 { | |
| 1630 if (tparam->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 1631 { | |
| 1632 TypeSArray *tp = (TypeSArray *)tparam; | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 if (tp->dim->op == TOKvar && | |
| 1635 ((VarExp *)tp->dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) | |
| 1636 { int i = templateIdentifierLookup(((VarExp *)tp->dim)->var->ident, parameters); | |
| 1637 // This code matches code in TypeInstance::deduceType() | |
| 1638 if (i == -1) | |
| 1639 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1640 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1641 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1642 if (!tvp) | |
| 1643 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1644 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 1645 if (e) | |
| 1646 { | |
| 1647 if (!dim->equals(e)) | |
| 1648 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1649 } | |
| 1650 else | |
| 1651 { Type *vt = tvp->valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 1652 MATCH m = (MATCH)dim->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 1653 if (!m) | |
| 1654 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1655 dedtypes->data[i] = dim; | |
| 1656 } | |
| 1657 } | |
| 1658 else if (dim->toInteger() != tp->dim->toInteger()) | |
| 1659 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 else if (tparam->ty == Taarray) | |
| 1662 { | |
| 1663 TypeAArray *tp = (TypeAArray *)tparam; | |
| 1664 if (tp->index->ty == Tident) | |
| 1665 { TypeIdentifier *tident = (TypeIdentifier *)tp->index; | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 if (tident->idents.dim == 0) | |
| 1668 { Identifier *id = tident->ident; | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 1671 { | |
| 1672 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 if (tp->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 1675 { // Found the corresponding template parameter | |
| 1676 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 1677 if (!tvp || !tvp->valType->isintegral()) | |
| 1678 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 1681 { | |
| 1682 if (!dim->equals((Object *)dedtypes->data[i])) | |
| 1683 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1684 } | |
| 1685 else | |
| 1686 { dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)dim; | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 return next->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1689 } | |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 } | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 else if (tparam->ty == Tarray) | |
| 1695 { MATCH m; | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 m = next->deduceType(sc, tparam->nextOf(), parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1698 if (m == MATCHexact) | |
| 1699 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 1700 return m; | |
| 1701 } | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 Lnomatch: | |
| 1706 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1707 } | |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 MATCH TypeAArray::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 #if 0 | |
| 1712 printf("TypeAArray::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1713 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1714 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1715 #endif | |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 // Extra check that index type must match | |
| 1718 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Taarray) | |
| 1719 { | |
| 1720 TypeAArray *tp = (TypeAArray *)tparam; | |
| 1721 if (!index->deduceType(sc, tp->index, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1722 { | |
| 1723 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1724 } | |
| 1725 } | |
| 1726 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1727 } | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 MATCH TypeFunction::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1730 { | |
| 1731 //printf("TypeFunction::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 1732 //printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); | |
| 1733 //printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 // Extra check that function characteristics must match | |
| 1736 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 1737 { | |
| 1738 TypeFunction *tp = (TypeFunction *)tparam; | |
| 1739 if (varargs != tp->varargs || | |
| 1740 linkage != tp->linkage) | |
| 1741 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 size_t nfargs = Argument::dim(this->parameters); | |
| 1744 size_t nfparams = Argument::dim(tp->parameters); | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* See if tuple match | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 if (nfparams > 0 && nfargs >= nfparams - 1) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 /* See if 'A' of the template parameter matches 'A' | |
| 1751 * of the type of the last function parameter. | |
| 1752 */ | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1753 Argument *fparam = Argument::getNth(tp->parameters, nfparams - 1); |
| 336 | 1754 if (fparam->type->ty != Tident) |
| 1755 goto L1; | |
| 1756 TypeIdentifier *tid = (TypeIdentifier *)fparam->type; | |
| 1757 if (tid->idents.dim) | |
| 1758 goto L1; | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 /* Look through parameters to find tuple matching tid->ident | |
| 1761 */ | |
| 1762 size_t tupi = 0; | |
| 1763 for (; 1; tupi++) | |
| 1764 { if (tupi == parameters->dim) | |
| 1765 goto L1; | |
| 1766 TemplateParameter *t = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[tupi]; | |
| 1767 TemplateTupleParameter *tup = t->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 1768 if (tup && tup->ident->equals(tid->ident)) | |
| 1769 break; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 /* The types of the function arguments [nfparams - 1 .. nfargs] | |
| 1773 * now form the tuple argument. | |
| 1774 */ | |
| 1775 int tuple_dim = nfargs - (nfparams - 1); | |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 /* See if existing tuple, and whether it matches or not | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 Object *o = (Object *)dedtypes->data[tupi]; | |
| 1780 if (o) | |
| 1781 { // Existing deduced argument must be a tuple, and must match | |
| 1782 Tuple *t = isTuple(o); | |
| 1783 if (!t || t->objects.dim != tuple_dim) | |
| 1784 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1785 for (size_t i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
| 1786 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(this->parameters, nfparams - 1 + i); | |
| 1787 if (!arg->type->equals((Object *)t->objects.data[i])) | |
| 1788 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1789 } | |
| 1790 } | |
| 1791 else | |
| 1792 { // Create new tuple | |
| 1793 Tuple *t = new Tuple(); | |
| 1794 t->objects.setDim(tuple_dim); | |
| 1795 for (size_t i = 0; i < tuple_dim; i++) | |
| 1796 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(this->parameters, nfparams - 1 + i); | |
| 1797 t->objects.data[i] = (void *)arg->type; | |
| 1798 } | |
| 1799 dedtypes->data[tupi] = (void *)t; | |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 nfparams--; // don't consider the last parameter for type deduction | |
| 1802 goto L2; | |
| 1803 } | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 L1: | |
| 1806 if (nfargs != nfparams) | |
| 1807 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1808 L2: | |
| 1809 for (size_t i = 0; i < nfparams; i++) | |
| 1810 { | |
| 1811 Argument *a = Argument::getNth(this->parameters, i); | |
| 1812 Argument *ap = Argument::getNth(tp->parameters, i); | |
| 1813 if (a->storageClass != ap->storageClass || | |
| 1814 !a->type->deduceType(sc, ap->type, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1815 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1816 } | |
| 1817 } | |
| 1818 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1819 } | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 MATCH TypeIdentifier::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1822 { | |
| 1823 // Extra check | |
| 1824 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tident) | |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 TypeIdentifier *tp = (TypeIdentifier *)tparam; | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 1829 { | |
| 1830 Identifier *id1 = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 1831 Identifier *id2 = (Identifier *)tp->idents.data[i]; | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 if (!id1->equals(id2)) | |
| 1834 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1835 } | |
| 1836 } | |
| 1837 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 1838 } | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 MATCH TypeInstance::deduceType(Scope *sc, | |
| 1841 Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 1842 Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 1843 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1844 #if 0 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1845 printf("TypeInstance::deduceType()\n"); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1846 printf("\tthis = %d, ", ty); print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1847 printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1848 #endif |
| 336 | 1849 |
| 1850 // Extra check | |
| 1851 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 1852 { | |
| 1853 TypeInstance *tp = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 //printf("tempinst->tempdecl = %p\n", tempinst->tempdecl); | |
| 1856 //printf("tp->tempinst->tempdecl = %p\n", tp->tempinst->tempdecl); | |
| 1857 if (!tp->tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1858 { //printf("tp->tempinst->name = '%s'\n", tp->tempinst->name->toChars()); | |
| 1859 if (!tp->tempinst->name->equals(tempinst->name)) | |
| 1860 { | |
| 1861 /* Handle case of: | |
| 1862 * template Foo(T : sa!(T), alias sa) | |
| 1863 */ | |
| 1864 int i = templateIdentifierLookup(tp->tempinst->name, parameters); | |
| 1865 if (i == -1) | |
| 1866 { /* Didn't find it as a parameter identifier. Try looking | |
| 1867 * it up and seeing if is an alias. See Bugzilla 1454 | |
| 1868 */ | |
| 1869 Dsymbol *s = tempinst->tempdecl->scope->search(0, tp->tempinst->name, NULL); | |
| 1870 if (s) | |
| 1871 { | |
| 1872 s = s->toAlias(); | |
| 1873 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 1874 if (td && td == tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1875 goto L2; | |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 TemplateParameter *tpx = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 1880 // This logic duplicates tpx->matchArg() | |
| 1881 TemplateAliasParameter *ta = tpx->isTemplateAliasParameter(); | |
| 1882 if (!ta) | |
| 1883 goto Lnomatch; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1884 Object *sa = tempinst->tempdecl; |
| 336 | 1885 if (!sa) |
| 1886 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1887 if (ta->specAlias && sa != ta->specAlias) | |
| 1888 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1889 if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 1890 { // Must match already deduced symbol | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1891 Object *s = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; |
| 336 | 1892 |
| 1893 if (s != sa) | |
| 1894 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 dedtypes->data[i] = sa; | |
| 1897 } | |
| 1898 } | |
| 1899 else if (tempinst->tempdecl != tp->tempinst->tempdecl) | |
| 1900 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 L2: | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 for (int i = 0; i < tempinst->tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 1905 { | |
| 1906 //printf("\ttest: tempinst->tiargs[%d]\n", i); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1907 if (i >= tp->tempinst->tiargs->dim) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1908 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1909 |
| 336 | 1910 int j; |
| 1911 Object *o1 = (Object *)tempinst->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 1912 Object *o2 = (Object *)tp->tempinst->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 Type *t1 = isType(o1); | |
| 1915 Type *t2 = isType(o2); | |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 Expression *e1 = isExpression(o1); | |
| 1918 Expression *e2 = isExpression(o2); | |
| 1919 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1920 Dsymbol *s1 = isDsymbol(o1); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1921 Dsymbol *s2 = isDsymbol(o2); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1923 Tuple *v1 = isTuple(o1); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1924 Tuple *v2 = isTuple(o2); |
| 336 | 1925 #if 0 |
| 1926 if (t1) printf("t1 = %s\n", t1->toChars()); | |
| 1927 if (t2) printf("t2 = %s\n", t2->toChars()); | |
| 1928 if (e1) printf("e1 = %s\n", e1->toChars()); | |
| 1929 if (e2) printf("e2 = %s\n", e2->toChars()); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1930 if (s1) printf("s1 = %s\n", s1->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1931 if (s2) printf("s2 = %s\n", s2->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1932 if (v1) printf("v1 = %s\n", v1->toChars()); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
1933 if (v2) printf("v2 = %s\n", v2->toChars()); |
| 336 | 1934 #endif |
| 1935 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1936 TemplateTupleParameter *ttp; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1937 if (t2 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1938 t2->ty == Tident && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1939 i == tp->tempinst->tiargs->dim - 1 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1940 i == tempinst->tempdecl->parameters->dim - 1 && |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1941 (ttp = tempinst->tempdecl->isVariadic()) != NULL) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1942 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1943 /* Given: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1944 * struct A(B...) {} |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1945 * alias A!(int, float) X; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1946 * static if (!is(X Y == A!(Z), Z)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1947 * deduce that Z is a tuple(int, float) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1948 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1950 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1951 if (j == -1) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1952 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1953 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1954 /* Create tuple from remaining args |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1955 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1956 Tuple *vt = new Tuple(); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1957 int vtdim = tempinst->tiargs->dim - i; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1958 vt->objects.setDim(vtdim); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1959 for (size_t k = 0; k < vtdim; k++) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1960 vt->objects.data[k] = (void *)tempinst->tiargs->data[i + k]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1961 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1962 Tuple *v = (Tuple *)dedtypes->data[j]; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1963 if (v) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1964 { |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1965 if (!match(v, vt, tempinst->tempdecl, sc)) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1966 goto Lnomatch; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1967 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1968 else |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1969 dedtypes->data[j] = vt; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1970 break; //return MATCHexact; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1971 } |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
1972 |
| 336 | 1973 if (t1 && t2) |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 if (!t1->deduceType(sc, t2, parameters, dedtypes)) | |
| 1976 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 else if (e1 && e2) | |
| 1979 { | |
| 1980 if (!e1->equals(e2)) | |
| 1981 { if (e2->op == TOKvar) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 /* | |
| 1984 * (T:Number!(e2), int e2) | |
| 1985 */ | |
| 1986 j = templateIdentifierLookup(((VarExp *)e2)->var->ident, parameters); | |
| 1987 goto L1; | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1990 } | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 else if (e1 && t2 && t2->ty == Tident) | |
| 1993 { | |
| 1994 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); | |
| 1995 L1: | |
| 1996 if (j == -1) | |
| 1997 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 1998 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[j]; | |
| 1999 // BUG: use tp->matchArg() instead of the following | |
| 2000 TemplateValueParameter *tv = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 2001 if (!tv) | |
| 2002 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2003 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[j]; | |
| 2004 if (e) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 if (!e1->equals(e)) | |
| 2007 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 else | |
| 2010 { Type *vt = tv->valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 2011 MATCH m = (MATCH)e1->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 2012 if (!m) | |
| 2013 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2014 dedtypes->data[j] = e1; | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 } | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2017 else if (s1 && t2 && t2->ty == Tident) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2018 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2019 j = templateParameterLookup(t2, parameters); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2020 if (j == -1) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2021 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2022 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)parameters->data[j]; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2023 // BUG: use tp->matchArg() instead of the following |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2024 TemplateAliasParameter *ta = tp->isTemplateAliasParameter(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2025 if (!ta) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2026 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2027 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)dedtypes->data[j]; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2028 if (s) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2029 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2030 if (!s1->equals(s)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2031 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2032 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2033 else |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2034 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2035 dedtypes->data[j] = s1; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2036 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2037 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2038 else if (s1 && s2) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2039 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2040 if (!s1->equals(s2)) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2041 goto Lnomatch; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2042 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2043 // BUG: Need to handle tuple parameters |
| 336 | 2044 else |
| 2045 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 Lnomatch: | |
| 2051 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 MATCH TypeStruct::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 //printf("TypeStruct::deduceType()\n"); | |
| 2057 //printf("\tthis->parent = %s, ", sym->parent->toChars()); print(); | |
| 2058 //printf("\ttparam = %d, ", tparam->ty); tparam->print(); | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* If this struct is a template struct, and we're matching | |
| 2061 * it against a template instance, convert the struct type | |
| 2062 * to a template instance, too, and try again. | |
| 2063 */ | |
| 2064 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 TypeInstance *t = new TypeInstance(0, ti); | |
| 2071 return t->deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2072 } | |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 /* Match things like: | |
| 2075 * S!(T).foo | |
| 2076 */ | |
| 2077 TypeInstance *tpi = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 2078 if (tpi->idents.dim) | |
| 2079 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)tpi->idents.data[tpi->idents.dim - 1]; | |
| 2080 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER && sym->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 2081 { | |
| 2082 Type *tparent = sym->parent->getType(); | |
| 2083 if (tparent) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 /* Slice off the .foo in S!(T).foo | |
| 2086 */ | |
| 2087 tpi->idents.dim--; | |
| 2088 MATCH m = tparent->deduceType(sc, tpi, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2089 tpi->idents.dim++; | |
| 2090 return m; | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 } | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 } | |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 // Extra check | |
| 2097 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 2098 { | |
| 2099 TypeStruct *tp = (TypeStruct *)tparam; | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2102 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 MATCH TypeEnum::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2108 { | |
| 2109 // Extra check | |
| 2110 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tenum) | |
| 2111 { | |
| 2112 TypeEnum *tp = (TypeEnum *)tparam; | |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2115 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2118 } | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 MATCH TypeTypedef::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 // Extra check | |
| 2123 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 TypeTypedef *tp = (TypeTypedef *)tparam; | |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 if (sym != tp->sym) | |
| 2128 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2129 } | |
| 2130 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2131 } | |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 MATCH TypeClass::deduceType(Scope *sc, Type *tparam, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes) | |
| 2134 { | |
| 2135 //printf("TypeClass::deduceType(this = %s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 /* If this class is a template class, and we're matching | |
| 2138 * it against a template instance, convert the class type | |
| 2139 * to a template instance, too, and try again. | |
| 2140 */ | |
| 2141 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tinstance) | |
| 2144 { | |
| 2145 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 2146 { | |
| 2147 TypeInstance *t = new TypeInstance(0, ti); | |
| 2148 return t->deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 /* Match things like: | |
| 2152 * S!(T).foo | |
| 2153 */ | |
| 2154 TypeInstance *tpi = (TypeInstance *)tparam; | |
| 2155 if (tpi->idents.dim) | |
| 2156 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)tpi->idents.data[tpi->idents.dim - 1]; | |
| 2157 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER && sym->ident->equals(id)) | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 Type *tparent = sym->parent->getType(); | |
| 2160 if (tparent) | |
| 2161 { | |
| 2162 /* Slice off the .foo in S!(T).foo | |
| 2163 */ | |
| 2164 tpi->idents.dim--; | |
| 2165 MATCH m = tparent->deduceType(sc, tpi, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2166 tpi->idents.dim++; | |
| 2167 return m; | |
| 2168 } | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 } | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 // Extra check | |
| 2174 if (tparam && tparam->ty == Tclass) | |
| 2175 { | |
| 2176 TypeClass *tp = (TypeClass *)tparam; | |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 //printf("\t%d\n", (MATCH) implicitConvTo(tp)); | |
| 2179 return (MATCH) implicitConvTo(tp); | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 return Type::deduceType(sc, tparam, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2182 } | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 /* ======================== TemplateParameter =============================== */ | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 TemplateParameter::TemplateParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 this->loc = loc; | |
| 2189 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2190 this->sparam = NULL; | |
| 2191 } | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 TemplateTypeParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateTypeParameter() | |
| 2194 { | |
| 2195 return NULL; | |
| 2196 } | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 TemplateValueParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateValueParameter() | |
| 2199 { | |
| 2200 return NULL; | |
| 2201 } | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 TemplateAliasParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateAliasParameter() | |
| 2204 { | |
| 2205 return NULL; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateTupleParameter() | |
| 2209 { | |
| 2210 return NULL; | |
| 2211 } | |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2214 TemplateThisParameter *TemplateParameter::isTemplateThisParameter() | |
| 2215 { | |
| 2216 return NULL; | |
| 2217 } | |
| 2218 #endif | |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 /* ======================== TemplateTypeParameter =========================== */ | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 // type-parameter | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 TemplateTypeParameter::TemplateTypeParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *specType, | |
| 2225 Type *defaultType) | |
| 2226 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2227 { | |
| 2228 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2229 this->specType = specType; | |
| 2230 this->defaultType = defaultType; | |
| 2231 } | |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 TemplateTypeParameter *TemplateTypeParameter::isTemplateTypeParameter() | |
| 2234 { | |
| 2235 return this; | |
| 2236 } | |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 TemplateParameter *TemplateTypeParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2239 { | |
| 2240 TemplateTypeParameter *tp = new TemplateTypeParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType); | |
| 2241 if (tp->specType) | |
| 2242 tp->specType = specType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2243 if (defaultType) | |
| 2244 tp->defaultType = defaultType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2245 return tp; | |
| 2246 } | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 void TemplateTypeParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2249 { | |
| 2250 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::declareParameter('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2251 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2252 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2253 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2254 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2255 } | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 void TemplateTypeParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2258 { | |
| 2259 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::semantic('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2260 if (specType) | |
| 2261 { | |
| 2262 specType = specType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2263 } | |
| 2264 #if 0 // Don't do semantic() until instantiation | |
| 2265 if (defaultType) | |
| 2266 { | |
| 2267 defaultType = defaultType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2268 } | |
| 2269 #endif | |
| 2270 } | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 /**************************************** | |
| 2273 * Determine if two TemplateParameters are the same | |
| 2274 * as far as TemplateDeclaration overloading goes. | |
| 2275 * Returns: | |
| 2276 * 1 match | |
| 2277 * 0 no match | |
| 2278 */ | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 int TemplateTypeParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2281 { | |
| 2282 TemplateTypeParameter *ttp = tp->isTemplateTypeParameter(); | |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 if (ttp) | |
| 2285 { | |
| 2286 if (specType != ttp->specType) | |
| 2287 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 if (specType && !specType->equals(ttp->specType)) | |
| 2290 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 return 1; // match | |
| 2293 } | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 Lnomatch: | |
| 2296 return 0; | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 /******************************************* | |
| 2300 * Match to a particular TemplateParameter. | |
| 2301 * Input: | |
| 2302 * i i'th argument | |
| 2303 * tiargs[] actual arguments to template instance | |
| 2304 * parameters[] template parameters | |
| 2305 * dedtypes[] deduced arguments to template instance | |
| 2306 * *psparam set to symbol declared and initialized to dedtypes[i] | |
| 2307 */ | |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 MATCH TemplateTypeParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, Objects *tiargs, | |
| 2310 int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2311 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2312 { |
| 2313 //printf("TemplateTypeParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2314 Type *t; | |
| 2315 Object *oarg; | |
| 2316 MATCH m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2317 Type *ta; | |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2320 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2321 else | |
| 2322 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2323 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2324 if (!oarg) |
| 2325 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2326 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2327 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2328 if (!oarg) | |
| 2329 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2330 } | |
| 2331 } | |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 ta = isType(oarg); | |
| 2334 if (!ta) | |
| 2335 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2336 //printf("ta is %s\n", ta->toChars()); | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 t = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 if (specType) | |
| 2341 { | |
| 2342 //printf("\tcalling deduceType(): ta is %s, specType is %s\n", ta->toChars(), specType->toChars()); | |
| 2343 MATCH m2 = ta->deduceType(sc, specType, parameters, dedtypes); | |
| 2344 if (m2 == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 2345 { //printf("\tfailed deduceType\n"); | |
| 2346 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2347 } | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 if (m2 < m) | |
| 2350 m = m2; | |
| 2351 t = (Type *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2352 } | |
| 2353 else | |
| 2354 { | |
| 2355 // So that matches with specializations are better | |
| 2356 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 2357 if (t) | |
| 2358 { // Must match already deduced type | |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2361 if (!t->equals(ta)) | |
| 2362 { //printf("t = %s ta = %s\n", t->toChars(), ta->toChars()); | |
| 2363 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2364 } | |
| 2365 } | |
| 2366 } | |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 if (!t) | |
| 2369 { | |
| 2370 dedtypes->data[i] = ta; | |
| 2371 t = ta; | |
| 2372 } | |
| 2373 *psparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, t); | |
| 2374 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 2375 return m; | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 Lnomatch: | |
| 2378 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2379 //printf("\tm = %d\n", MATCHnomatch); | |
| 2380 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2381 } | |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 void TemplateTypeParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2385 { | |
| 2386 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 2389 Type *ta = isType(oded); | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 assert(ta); | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 if (specType) | |
| 2394 printf("\tSpecialization: %s\n", specType->toChars()); | |
| 2395 if (defaultType) | |
| 2396 printf("\tDefault: %s\n", defaultType->toChars()); | |
| 2397 printf("\tArgument: %s\n", t ? t->toChars() : "NULL"); | |
| 2398 printf("\tDeduced Type: %s\n", ta->toChars()); | |
| 2399 } | |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 void TemplateTypeParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 2405 if (specType) | |
| 2406 { | |
| 2407 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2408 specType->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2409 } | |
| 2410 if (defaultType) | |
| 2411 { | |
| 2412 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2413 defaultType->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2414 } | |
| 2415 } | |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 void *TemplateTypeParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2419 { Type *t; | |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 if (specType) | |
| 2422 t = specType; | |
| 2423 else | |
| 2424 { // Use this for alias-parameter's too (?) | |
| 2425 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2426 } | |
| 2427 return (void *)t; | |
| 2428 } | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 Object *TemplateTypeParameter::specialization() | |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 return specType; | |
| 2434 } | |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2437 Object *TemplateTypeParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2438 { |
| 2439 Type *t; | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 t = defaultType; | |
| 2442 if (t) | |
| 2443 { | |
| 2444 t = t->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2445 t = t->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 return t; | |
| 2448 } | |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 /* ======================== TemplateThisParameter =========================== */ | |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2453 // this-parameter | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 TemplateThisParameter::TemplateThisParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, | |
| 2456 Type *specType, | |
| 2457 Type *defaultType) | |
| 2458 : TemplateTypeParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType) | |
| 2459 { | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 TemplateThisParameter *TemplateThisParameter::isTemplateThisParameter() | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 return this; | |
| 2465 } | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 TemplateParameter *TemplateThisParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 TemplateThisParameter *tp = new TemplateThisParameter(loc, ident, specType, defaultType); | |
| 2470 if (tp->specType) | |
| 2471 tp->specType = specType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2472 if (defaultType) | |
| 2473 tp->defaultType = defaultType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2474 return tp; | |
| 2475 } | |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 void TemplateThisParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2478 { | |
| 2479 buf->writestring("this "); | |
| 2480 TemplateTypeParameter::toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2481 } | |
| 2482 #endif | |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 /* ======================== TemplateAliasParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 // alias-parameter | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 Dsymbol *TemplateAliasParameter::sdummy = NULL; | |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 TemplateAliasParameter::TemplateAliasParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *specAliasT, Type *defaultAlias) | |
| 2491 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2492 { | |
| 2493 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2494 this->specAliasT = specAliasT; | |
| 2495 this->defaultAlias = defaultAlias; | |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 this->specAlias = NULL; | |
| 2498 } | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 TemplateAliasParameter *TemplateAliasParameter::isTemplateAliasParameter() | |
| 2501 { | |
| 2502 return this; | |
| 2503 } | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 TemplateParameter *TemplateAliasParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2506 { | |
| 2507 TemplateAliasParameter *tp = new TemplateAliasParameter(loc, ident, specAliasT, defaultAlias); | |
| 2508 if (tp->specAliasT) | |
| 2509 tp->specAliasT = specAliasT->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2510 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2511 tp->defaultAlias = defaultAlias->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2512 return tp; | |
| 2513 } | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 void TemplateAliasParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2518 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2519 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2520 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2521 } | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 void TemplateAliasParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2524 { | |
| 2525 if (specAliasT) | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 specAlias = specAliasT->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 2528 if (!specAlias) | |
| 2529 error(loc, "%s is not a symbol", specAliasT->toChars()); | |
| 2530 } | |
| 2531 #if 0 // Don't do semantic() until instantiation | |
| 2532 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2533 defaultAlias = defaultAlias->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2534 #endif | |
| 2535 } | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 int TemplateAliasParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2538 { | |
| 2539 TemplateAliasParameter *tap = tp->isTemplateAliasParameter(); | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 if (tap) | |
| 2542 { | |
| 2543 if (specAlias != tap->specAlias) | |
| 2544 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 return 1; // match | |
| 2547 } | |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 Lnomatch: | |
| 2550 return 0; | |
| 2551 } | |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 MATCH TemplateAliasParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2554 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2555 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2556 { |
| 2557 Dsymbol *sa; | |
| 2558 Object *oarg; | |
| 2559 Expression *ea; | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 //printf("TemplateAliasParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2564 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2565 else | |
| 2566 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2567 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2568 if (!oarg) |
| 2569 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2570 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2571 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2572 if (!oarg) | |
| 2573 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 } | |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 sa = getDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 2578 if (!sa) | |
| 2579 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 if (specAlias) | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 if (!sa || sa == sdummy) | |
| 2584 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2585 if (sa != specAlias) | |
| 2586 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 else if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 2589 { // Must match already deduced symbol | |
| 2590 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 if (!sa || s != sa) | |
| 2593 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2594 } | |
| 2595 dedtypes->data[i] = sa; | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 *psparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, sa); | |
| 2598 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 Lnomatch: | |
| 2601 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2602 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2603 } | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 void TemplateAliasParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2607 { | |
| 2608 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(oded); | |
| 2611 assert(sa); | |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 printf("\tArgument alias: %s\n", sa->toChars()); | |
| 2614 } | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 void TemplateAliasParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2617 { | |
| 2618 buf->writestring("alias "); | |
| 2619 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 2620 if (specAliasT) | |
| 2621 { | |
| 2622 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2623 specAliasT->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2628 defaultAlias->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 } | |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 void *TemplateAliasParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2634 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 s = specAlias; | |
| 2637 if (!s) | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 if (!sdummy) | |
| 2640 sdummy = new Dsymbol(); | |
| 2641 s = sdummy; | |
| 2642 } | |
| 2643 return (void*)s; | |
| 2644 } | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 Object *TemplateAliasParameter::specialization() | |
| 2648 { | |
| 2649 return specAliasT; | |
| 2650 } | |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2653 Object *TemplateAliasParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2654 { |
| 2655 Dsymbol *s = NULL; | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 if (defaultAlias) | |
| 2658 { | |
| 2659 s = defaultAlias->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 2660 if (!s) | |
| 2661 error("%s is not a symbol", defaultAlias->toChars()); | |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 return s; | |
| 2664 } | |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 /* ======================== TemplateValueParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 // value-parameter | |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 Expression *TemplateValueParameter::edummy = NULL; | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 TemplateValueParameter::TemplateValueParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *valType, | |
| 2673 Expression *specValue, Expression *defaultValue) | |
| 2674 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2677 this->valType = valType; | |
| 2678 this->specValue = specValue; | |
| 2679 this->defaultValue = defaultValue; | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 TemplateValueParameter *TemplateValueParameter::isTemplateValueParameter() | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 return this; | |
| 2685 } | |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 TemplateParameter *TemplateValueParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2688 { | |
| 2689 TemplateValueParameter *tp = | |
| 2690 new TemplateValueParameter(loc, ident, valType, specValue, defaultValue); | |
| 2691 tp->valType = valType->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2692 if (specValue) | |
| 2693 tp->specValue = specValue->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2694 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2695 tp->defaultValue = defaultValue->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2696 return tp; | |
| 2697 } | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 void TemplateValueParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2700 { | |
| 2701 VarDeclaration *v = new VarDeclaration(loc, valType, ident, NULL); | |
| 2702 v->storage_class = STCtemplateparameter; | |
| 2703 if (!sc->insert(v)) | |
| 2704 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2705 sparam = v; | |
| 2706 } | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 void TemplateValueParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2709 { | |
| 2710 sparam->semantic(sc); | |
| 2711 valType = valType->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2712 if (!(valType->isintegral() || valType->isfloating() || valType->isString()) && | |
| 2713 valType->ty != Tident) | |
| 2714 error(loc, "arithmetic/string type expected for value-parameter, not %s", valType->toChars()); | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 if (specValue) | |
| 2717 { Expression *e = specValue; | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2720 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2721 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2722 if (e->op == TOKint64 || e->op == TOKfloat64 || | |
| 2723 e->op == TOKcomplex80 || e->op == TOKnull || e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2724 specValue = e; | |
| 2725 //e->toInteger(); | |
| 2726 } | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 #if 0 // defer semantic analysis to arg match | |
| 2729 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2730 { Expression *e = defaultValue; | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2733 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2734 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2735 if (e->op == TOKint64) | |
| 2736 defaultValue = e; | |
| 2737 //e->toInteger(); | |
| 2738 } | |
| 2739 #endif | |
| 2740 } | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 int TemplateValueParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2743 { | |
| 2744 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 if (tvp) | |
| 2747 { | |
| 2748 if (valType != tvp->valType) | |
| 2749 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 if (valType && !valType->equals(tvp->valType)) | |
| 2752 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 if (specValue != tvp->specValue) | |
| 2755 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 return 1; // match | |
| 2758 } | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 Lnomatch: | |
| 2761 return 0; | |
| 2762 } | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 MATCH TemplateValueParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2766 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2767 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2768 { |
| 2769 //printf("TemplateValueParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 Initializer *init; | |
| 2772 Declaration *sparam; | |
| 2773 MATCH m = MATCHexact; | |
| 2774 Expression *ei; | |
| 2775 Object *oarg; | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2778 oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 2779 else | |
| 2780 { // Get default argument instead | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2781 oarg = defaultArg(loc, sc); |
| 336 | 2782 if (!oarg) |
| 2783 { assert(i < dedtypes->dim); | |
| 2784 // It might have already been deduced | |
| 2785 oarg = (Object *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2786 if (!oarg) | |
| 2787 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2788 } | |
| 2789 } | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 ei = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 2792 Type *vt; | |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 if (!ei && oarg) | |
| 2795 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 if (specValue) | |
| 2798 { | |
| 2799 if (!ei || ei == edummy) | |
| 2800 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 Expression *e = specValue; | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2805 e = e->implicitCastTo(sc, valType); | |
| 2806 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 ei = ei->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2809 ei = ei->semantic(sc); | |
| 2810 ei = ei->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 2811 //printf("ei: %s, %s\n", ei->toChars(), ei->type->toChars()); | |
| 2812 //printf("e : %s, %s\n", e->toChars(), e->type->toChars()); | |
| 2813 if (!ei->equals(e)) | |
| 2814 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 else if (dedtypes->data[i]) | |
| 2817 { // Must match already deduced value | |
| 2818 Expression *e = (Expression *)dedtypes->data[i]; | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 if (!ei || !ei->equals(e)) | |
| 2821 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2822 } | |
| 2823 Lmatch: | |
| 2824 //printf("valType: %s, ty = %d\n", valType->toChars(), valType->ty); | |
| 2825 vt = valType->semantic(0, sc); | |
| 2826 //printf("ei: %s, %s\n", ei->toChars(), ei->type->toChars()); | |
| 2827 if (ei->type) | |
| 2828 { | |
| 2829 m = (MATCH)ei->implicitConvTo(vt); | |
| 2830 //printf("m: %d\n", m); | |
| 2831 if (!m) | |
| 2832 goto Lnomatch; | |
| 2833 } | |
| 2834 dedtypes->data[i] = ei; | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 init = new ExpInitializer(loc, ei); | |
| 2837 sparam = new VarDeclaration(loc, vt, ident, init); | |
| 2838 sparam->storage_class = STCconst; | |
| 2839 *psparam = sparam; | |
| 2840 return m; | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 Lnomatch: | |
| 2843 //printf("\tno match\n"); | |
| 2844 *psparam = NULL; | |
| 2845 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2846 } | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 void TemplateValueParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2850 { | |
| 2851 printf(" %s\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 Expression *ea = isExpression(oded); | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 if (specValue) | |
| 2856 printf("\tSpecialization: %s\n", specValue->toChars()); | |
| 2857 printf("\tArgument Value: %s\n", ea ? ea->toChars() : "NULL"); | |
| 2858 } | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 void TemplateValueParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 valType->toCBuffer(buf, ident, hgs); | |
| 2864 if (specValue) | |
| 2865 { | |
| 2866 buf->writestring(" : "); | |
| 2867 specValue->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2868 } | |
| 2869 if (defaultValue) | |
| 2870 { | |
| 2871 buf->writestring(" = "); | |
| 2872 defaultValue->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 2873 } | |
| 2874 } | |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 void *TemplateValueParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 2878 { Expression *e; | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 e = specValue; | |
| 2881 if (!e) | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 // Create a dummy value | |
| 2884 if (!edummy) | |
| 2885 edummy = valType->defaultInit(); | |
| 2886 e = edummy; | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 return (void *)e; | |
| 2889 } | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 Object *TemplateValueParameter::specialization() | |
| 2893 { | |
| 2894 return specValue; | |
| 2895 } | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2898 Object *TemplateValueParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 2899 { |
| 2900 Expression *e = defaultValue; | |
| 2901 if (e) | |
| 2902 { | |
| 2903 e = e->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2904 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 2905 #if DMDV2 | |
| 2906 if (e->op == TOKdefault) | |
| 2907 { DefaultInitExp *de = (DefaultInitExp *)e; | |
| 2908 e = de->resolve(loc, sc); | |
| 2909 } | |
| 2910 #endif | |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 return e; | |
| 2913 } | |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 /* ======================== TemplateTupleParameter ========================== */ | |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 // variadic-parameter | |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 TemplateTupleParameter::TemplateTupleParameter(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2920 : TemplateParameter(loc, ident) | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 this->ident = ident; | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 TemplateTupleParameter *TemplateTupleParameter::isTemplateTupleParameter() | |
| 2926 { | |
| 2927 return this; | |
| 2928 } | |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 TemplateParameter *TemplateTupleParameter::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2931 { | |
| 2932 TemplateTupleParameter *tp = new TemplateTupleParameter(loc, ident); | |
| 2933 return tp; | |
| 2934 } | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 void TemplateTupleParameter::declareParameter(Scope *sc) | |
| 2937 { | |
| 2938 TypeIdentifier *ti = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 2939 sparam = new AliasDeclaration(loc, ident, ti); | |
| 2940 if (!sc->insert(sparam)) | |
| 2941 error(loc, "parameter '%s' multiply defined", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2942 } | |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 void TemplateTupleParameter::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 } | |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 int TemplateTupleParameter::overloadMatch(TemplateParameter *tp) | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 TemplateTupleParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateTupleParameter(); | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 if (tvp) | |
| 2953 { | |
| 2954 return 1; // match | |
| 2955 } | |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 Lnomatch: | |
| 2958 return 0; | |
| 2959 } | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 MATCH TemplateTupleParameter::matchArg(Scope *sc, | |
| 2962 Objects *tiargs, int i, TemplateParameters *parameters, | |
| 2963 Objects *dedtypes, | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
2964 Declaration **psparam, int flags) |
| 336 | 2965 { |
| 2966 //printf("TemplateTupleParameter::matchArg()\n"); | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 /* The rest of the actual arguments (tiargs[]) form the match | |
| 2969 * for the variadic parameter. | |
| 2970 */ | |
| 2971 assert(i + 1 == dedtypes->dim); // must be the last one | |
| 2972 Tuple *ovar; | |
| 2973 if (i + 1 == tiargs->dim && isTuple((Object *)tiargs->data[i])) | |
| 2974 ovar = isTuple((Object *)tiargs->data[i]); | |
| 2975 else | |
| 2976 { | |
| 2977 ovar = new Tuple(); | |
| 2978 //printf("ovar = %p\n", ovar); | |
| 2979 if (i < tiargs->dim) | |
| 2980 { | |
| 2981 //printf("i = %d, tiargs->dim = %d\n", i, tiargs->dim); | |
| 2982 ovar->objects.setDim(tiargs->dim - i); | |
| 2983 for (size_t j = 0; j < ovar->objects.dim; j++) | |
| 2984 ovar->objects.data[j] = tiargs->data[i + j]; | |
| 2985 } | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 *psparam = new TupleDeclaration(loc, ident, &ovar->objects); | |
| 2988 dedtypes->data[i] = (void *)ovar; | |
| 2989 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2990 } | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 void TemplateTupleParameter::print(Object *oarg, Object *oded) | |
| 2994 { | |
| 2995 printf(" %s... [", ident->toChars()); | |
| 2996 Tuple *v = isTuple(oded); | |
| 2997 assert(v); | |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 //printf("|%d| ", v->objects.dim); | |
| 3000 for (int i = 0; i < v->objects.dim; i++) | |
| 3001 { | |
| 3002 if (i) | |
| 3003 printf(", "); | |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 Object *o = (Object *)v->objects.data[i]; | |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3008 if (sa) | |
| 3009 printf("alias: %s", sa->toChars()); | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3012 if (ta) | |
| 3013 printf("type: %s", ta->toChars()); | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3016 if (ea) | |
| 3017 printf("exp: %s", ea->toChars()); | |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 assert(!isTuple(o)); // no nested Tuple arguments | |
| 3020 } | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 printf("]\n"); | |
| 3023 } | |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 void TemplateTupleParameter::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3026 { | |
| 3027 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 3028 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 3029 } | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 void *TemplateTupleParameter::dummyArg() | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 return NULL; | |
| 3035 } | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 Object *TemplateTupleParameter::specialization() | |
| 3039 { | |
| 3040 return NULL; | |
| 3041 } | |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3044 Object *TemplateTupleParameter::defaultArg(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 336 | 3045 { |
| 3046 return NULL; | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 /* ======================== TemplateInstance ================================ */ | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 TemplateInstance::TemplateInstance(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3052 : ScopeDsymbol(NULL) | |
| 3053 { | |
| 3054 #if LOG | |
| 3055 printf("TemplateInstance(this = %p, ident = '%s')\n", this, ident ? ident->toChars() : "null"); | |
| 3056 #endif | |
| 3057 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3058 this->name = ident; | |
| 3059 this->tiargs = NULL; | |
| 3060 this->tempdecl = NULL; | |
| 3061 this->inst = NULL; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3062 this->tinst = NULL; |
| 336 | 3063 this->argsym = NULL; |
| 3064 this->aliasdecl = NULL; | |
| 3065 this->semanticdone = 0; | |
| 3066 this->semantictiargsdone = 0; | |
| 3067 this->withsym = NULL; | |
| 3068 this->nest = 0; | |
| 3069 this->havetempdecl = 0; | |
| 3070 this->isnested = NULL; | |
| 3071 this->errors = 0; | |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3073 #if IN_LLVM |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3074 // LDC |
|
1067
7ce8355fbcc6
Improved template emission control for singleobj building.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
948
diff
changeset
|
3075 this->emittedInModule = NULL; |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3076 this->tmodule = NULL; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3077 #endif |
| 336 | 3078 } |
| 3079 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3080 /***************** |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3081 * This constructor is only called when we figured out which function |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3082 * template to instantiate. |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3083 */ |
| 336 | 3084 |
| 3085 TemplateInstance::TemplateInstance(Loc loc, TemplateDeclaration *td, Objects *tiargs) | |
| 3086 : ScopeDsymbol(NULL) | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 #if LOG | |
| 3089 printf("TemplateInstance(this = %p, tempdecl = '%s')\n", this, td->toChars()); | |
| 3090 #endif | |
| 3091 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3092 this->name = td->ident; | |
| 3093 this->tiargs = tiargs; | |
| 3094 this->tempdecl = td; | |
| 3095 this->inst = NULL; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3096 this->tinst = NULL; |
| 336 | 3097 this->argsym = NULL; |
| 3098 this->aliasdecl = NULL; | |
| 3099 this->semanticdone = 0; | |
| 3100 this->semantictiargsdone = 1; | |
| 3101 this->withsym = NULL; | |
| 3102 this->nest = 0; | |
| 3103 this->havetempdecl = 1; | |
| 3104 this->isnested = NULL; | |
| 3105 this->errors = 0; | |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3106 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3107 #if IN_LLVM |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3108 // LDC |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3109 this->tinst = NULL; |
|
940
39519a1ff603
Changed the way LDC determines if a template instantiation needs to get a definition, seems to speed up compile times quite a bit in some cases.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
876
diff
changeset
|
3110 this->tmodule = NULL; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3111 #endif |
| 336 | 3112 |
| 3113 assert((size_t)tempdecl->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 Objects *TemplateInstance::arraySyntaxCopy(Objects *objs) | |
| 3118 { | |
| 3119 Objects *a = NULL; | |
| 3120 if (objs) | |
| 3121 { a = new Objects(); | |
| 3122 a->setDim(objs->dim); | |
| 3123 for (size_t i = 0; i < objs->dim; i++) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 Type *ta = isType((Object *)objs->data[i]); | |
| 3126 if (ta) | |
| 3127 a->data[i] = ta->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3128 else | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 Expression *ea = isExpression((Object *)objs->data[i]); | |
| 3131 assert(ea); | |
| 3132 a->data[i] = ea->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 } | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 return a; | |
| 3137 } | |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 Dsymbol *TemplateInstance::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 3140 { | |
| 3141 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 if (s) | |
| 3144 ti = (TemplateInstance *)s; | |
| 3145 else | |
| 3146 ti = new TemplateInstance(loc, name); | |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 ti->tiargs = arraySyntaxCopy(tiargs); | |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 ScopeDsymbol::syntaxCopy(ti); | |
| 3151 return ti; | |
| 3152 } | |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 void TemplateInstance::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 3156 { | |
| 3157 if (global.errors) | |
| 3158 { | |
| 3159 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3160 { | |
| 3161 /* Trying to soldier on rarely generates useful messages | |
| 3162 * at this point. | |
| 3163 */ | |
| 3164 fatal(); | |
| 3165 } | |
| 3166 return; | |
| 3167 } | |
| 3168 #if LOG | |
| 3169 printf("\n+TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3170 #endif | |
| 3171 if (inst) // if semantic() was already run | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 #if LOG | |
| 3174 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p) already run\n", inst->toChars(), inst); | |
| 3175 #endif | |
| 3176 return; | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3179 // get the enclosing template instance from the scope tinst |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3180 tinst = sc->tinst; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3181 |
| 336 | 3182 if (semanticdone != 0) |
| 3183 { | |
| 3184 error(loc, "recursive template expansion"); | |
| 3185 // inst = this; | |
| 3186 return; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 semanticdone = 1; | |
| 3189 | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3190 // get the enclosing template instance from the scope tinst |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3191 tinst = sc->tinst; |
|
946
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3192 |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3193 // get the module of the outermost enclosing instantiation |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3194 if (tinst) |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3195 tmodule = tinst->tmodule; |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3196 else |
|
1714836f2c0b
Mostly rewrite debug info generation in terms of llvm/Analysis/DebugInfo.h.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
940
diff
changeset
|
3197 tmodule = sc->module; |
|
948
780530d1cad3
Revert templates to old behavior.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
946
diff
changeset
|
3198 //printf("%s in %s\n", toChars(), tmodule->toChars()); |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3199 |
| 336 | 3200 #if LOG |
| 3201 printf("\tdo semantic\n"); | |
| 3202 #endif | |
| 3203 if (havetempdecl) | |
| 3204 { | |
| 3205 assert((size_t)tempdecl->scope > 0x10000); | |
| 3206 // Deduce tdtypes | |
| 3207 tdtypes.setDim(tempdecl->parameters->dim); | |
| 3208 if (!tempdecl->matchWithInstance(this, &tdtypes, 0)) | |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 error("incompatible arguments for template instantiation"); | |
| 3211 inst = this; | |
| 3212 return; | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 } | |
| 3215 else | |
| 3216 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3217 /* Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3218 * (if we havetempdecl, then tiargs is already evaluated) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3219 */ |
| 336 | 3220 semanticTiargs(sc); |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 tempdecl = findTemplateDeclaration(sc); | |
| 3223 if (tempdecl) | |
| 3224 tempdecl = findBestMatch(sc); | |
| 3225 if (!tempdecl || global.errors) | |
| 3226 { inst = this; | |
| 3227 //printf("error return %p, %d\n", tempdecl, global.errors); | |
| 3228 return; // error recovery | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 } | |
| 3231 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3232 hasNestedArgs(tiargs); |
| 336 | 3233 |
| 3234 /* See if there is an existing TemplateInstantiation that already | |
| 3235 * implements the typeargs. If so, just refer to that one instead. | |
| 3236 */ | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 for (size_t i = 0; i < tempdecl->instances.dim; i++) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)tempdecl->instances.data[i]; | |
| 3241 #if LOG | |
| 3242 printf("\t%s: checking for match with instance %d (%p): '%s'\n", toChars(), i, ti, ti->toChars()); | |
| 3243 #endif | |
| 3244 assert(tdtypes.dim == ti->tdtypes.dim); | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 // Nesting must match | |
| 3247 if (isnested != ti->isnested) | |
| 3248 continue; | |
| 3249 #if 0 | |
| 3250 if (isnested && sc->parent != ti->parent) | |
| 3251 continue; | |
| 3252 #endif | |
| 3253 for (size_t j = 0; j < tdtypes.dim; j++) | |
| 3254 { Object *o1 = (Object *)tdtypes.data[j]; | |
| 3255 Object *o2 = (Object *)ti->tdtypes.data[j]; | |
| 3256 if (!match(o1, o2, tempdecl, sc)) | |
| 3257 goto L1; | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 // It's a match | |
| 3261 inst = ti; | |
| 3262 parent = ti->parent; | |
| 3263 #if LOG | |
| 3264 printf("\tit's a match with instance %p\n", inst); | |
| 3265 #endif | |
| 3266 return; | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 L1: | |
| 3269 ; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 /* So, we need to implement 'this' instance. | |
| 3273 */ | |
| 3274 #if LOG | |
| 3275 printf("\timplement template instance '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3276 #endif | |
| 3277 unsigned errorsave = global.errors; | |
| 3278 inst = this; | |
| 3279 int tempdecl_instance_idx = tempdecl->instances.dim; | |
| 3280 tempdecl->instances.push(this); | |
| 3281 parent = tempdecl->parent; | |
| 3282 //printf("parent = '%s'\n", parent->kind()); | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 ident = genIdent(); // need an identifier for name mangling purposes. | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 #if 1 | |
| 3287 if (isnested) | |
| 3288 parent = isnested; | |
| 3289 #endif | |
| 3290 //printf("parent = '%s'\n", parent->kind()); | |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 // Add 'this' to the enclosing scope's members[] so the semantic routines | |
| 3293 // will get called on the instance members | |
| 3294 #if 1 | |
| 3295 int dosemantic3 = 0; | |
| 3296 { Array *a; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3297 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3298 Scope *scx = sc; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3299 #if 0 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3300 for (scx = sc; scx; scx = scx->enclosing) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3301 if (scx->scopesym) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3302 break; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3303 #endif |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3304 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3305 //if (scx && scx->scopesym) printf("3: scx is %s %s\n", scx->scopesym->kind(), scx->scopesym->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3306 if (scx && scx->scopesym && |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3307 scx->scopesym->members && !scx->scopesym->isTemplateMixin() |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3308 #if 1 // removed because it bloated compile times |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3309 /* The problem is if A imports B, and B imports A, and both A |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3310 * and B instantiate the same template, does the compilation of A |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3311 * or the compilation of B do the actual instantiation? |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3312 * |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3313 * see bugzilla 2500. |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3314 */ |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3315 && !scx->module->selfImports() |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3316 #endif |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3317 ) |
| 336 | 3318 { |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3319 //printf("\t1: adding to %s %s\n", scx->scopesym->kind(), scx->scopesym->toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3320 a = scx->scopesym->members; |
| 336 | 3321 } |
| 3322 else | |
| 3323 { Module *m = sc->module->importedFrom; | |
| 3324 //printf("\t2: adding to module %s instead of module %s\n", m->toChars(), sc->module->toChars()); | |
| 3325 a = m->members; | |
| 3326 if (m->semanticdone >= 3) | |
| 3327 dosemantic3 = 1; | |
| 3328 } | |
| 3329 for (int i = 0; 1; i++) | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 if (i == a->dim) | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 a->push(this); | |
| 3334 break; | |
| 3335 } | |
| 3336 if (this == (Dsymbol *)a->data[i]) // if already in Array | |
| 3337 break; | |
| 3338 } | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 #endif | |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 // Copy the syntax trees from the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 3343 members = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(tempdecl->members); | |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 // Create our own scope for the template parameters | |
| 3346 Scope *scope = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 3347 if (!scope) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 error("forward reference to template declaration %s\n", tempdecl->toChars()); | |
| 3350 return; | |
| 3351 } | |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 #if LOG | |
| 3354 printf("\tcreate scope for template parameters '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3355 #endif | |
| 3356 argsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 3357 argsym->parent = scope->parent; | |
| 3358 scope = scope->push(argsym); | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 // Declare each template parameter as an alias for the argument type | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3361 Scope *paramscope = scope->push(); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3362 paramscope->stc = 0; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3363 declareParameters(paramscope); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3364 paramscope->pop(); |
| 336 | 3365 |
| 3366 // Add members of template instance to template instance symbol table | |
| 3367 // parent = scope->scopesym; | |
| 3368 symtab = new DsymbolTable(); | |
| 3369 int memnum = 0; | |
| 3370 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 3371 { | |
| 3372 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 3373 #if LOG | |
| 3374 printf("\t[%d] adding member '%s' %p kind %s to '%s', memnum = %d\n", i, s->toChars(), s, s->kind(), this->toChars(), memnum); | |
| 3375 #endif | |
| 3376 memnum |= s->addMember(scope, this, memnum); | |
| 3377 } | |
| 3378 #if LOG | |
| 3379 printf("adding members done\n"); | |
| 3380 #endif | |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 /* See if there is only one member of template instance, and that | |
| 3383 * member has the same name as the template instance. | |
| 3384 * If so, this template instance becomes an alias for that member. | |
| 3385 */ | |
| 3386 //printf("members->dim = %d\n", members->dim); | |
| 3387 if (members->dim) | |
| 3388 { | |
| 3389 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3390 if (Dsymbol::oneMembers(members, &s) && s) | |
| 3391 { | |
| 3392 //printf("s->kind = '%s'\n", s->kind()); | |
| 3393 //s->print(); | |
| 3394 //printf("'%s', '%s'\n", s->ident->toChars(), tempdecl->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3395 if (s->ident && s->ident->equals(tempdecl->ident)) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 //printf("setting aliasdecl\n"); | |
| 3398 aliasdecl = new AliasDeclaration(loc, s->ident, s); | |
|
1089
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3399 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3400 #if IN_LLVM |
|
1089
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3401 // LDC propagate internal information |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3402 if (tempdecl->llvmInternal) { |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3403 s->llvmInternal = tempdecl->llvmInternal; |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3404 if (FuncDeclaration* fd = s->isFuncDeclaration()) { |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3405 fd->intrinsicName = tempdecl->intrinsicName; |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3406 } |
|
d33b0d4b816a
Make sure instantiations of template intrinsics are marked as intrinsics.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1067
diff
changeset
|
3407 } |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
3408 #endif |
| 336 | 3409 } |
| 3410 } | |
| 3411 } | |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 // Do semantic() analysis on template instance members | |
| 3414 #if LOG | |
| 3415 printf("\tdo semantic() on template instance members '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3416 #endif | |
| 3417 Scope *sc2; | |
| 3418 sc2 = scope->push(this); | |
| 3419 //printf("isnested = %d, sc->parent = %s\n", isnested, sc->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3420 sc2->parent = /*isnested ? sc->parent :*/ this; | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
3421 sc2->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 3422 |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3423 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
| 336 | 3424 __try |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 #endif | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3427 static int nest; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3428 //printf("%d\n", nest); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3429 if (++nest > 500) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3430 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3431 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3432 error("recursive expansion"); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3433 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3434 } |
| 336 | 3435 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 3438 //printf("\t[%d] semantic on '%s' %p kind %s in '%s'\n", i, s->toChars(), s, s->kind(), this->toChars()); | |
| 3439 //printf("test: isnested = %d, sc2->parent = %s\n", isnested, sc2->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3440 // if (isnested) | |
| 3441 // s->parent = sc->parent; | |
| 3442 //printf("test3: isnested = %d, s->parent = %s\n", isnested, s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3443 s->semantic(sc2); | |
| 3444 //printf("test4: isnested = %d, s->parent = %s\n", isnested, s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3445 sc2->module->runDeferredSemantic(); | |
| 3446 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3447 --nest; |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3448 #if WINDOWS_SEH |
| 336 | 3449 } |
| 3450 __except (__ehfilter(GetExceptionInformation())) | |
| 3451 { | |
| 3452 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed | |
| 3453 error("recursive expansion"); | |
| 3454 fatal(); | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 #endif | |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 /* If any of the instantiation members didn't get semantic() run | |
| 3459 * on them due to forward references, we cannot run semantic2() | |
| 3460 * or semantic3() yet. | |
| 3461 */ | |
| 3462 for (size_t i = 0; i < Module::deferred.dim; i++) | |
| 3463 { Dsymbol *sd = (Dsymbol *)Module::deferred.data[i]; | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 if (sd->parent == this) | |
| 3466 goto Laftersemantic; | |
| 3467 } | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 /* The problem is when to parse the initializer for a variable. | |
| 3470 * Perhaps VarDeclaration::semantic() should do it like it does | |
| 3471 * for initializers inside a function. | |
| 3472 */ | |
| 3473 // if (sc->parent->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 /* BUG 782: this has problems if the classes this depends on | |
| 3476 * are forward referenced. Find a way to defer semantic() | |
| 3477 * on this template. | |
| 3478 */ | |
| 3479 semantic2(sc2); | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 if (sc->func || dosemantic3) | |
| 3482 { | |
| 3483 semantic3(sc2); | |
| 3484 } | |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 Laftersemantic: | |
| 3487 sc2->pop(); | |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 scope->pop(); | |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 // Give additional context info if error occurred during instantiation | |
| 3492 if (global.errors != errorsave) | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 error("error instantiating"); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3495 if (tinst && !global.gag) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3496 { tinst->printInstantiationTrace(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3497 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3498 } |
| 336 | 3499 errors = 1; |
| 3500 if (global.gag) | |
| 3501 tempdecl->instances.remove(tempdecl_instance_idx); | |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 #if LOG | |
| 3505 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3506 #endif | |
| 3507 } | |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 void TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs(Scope *sc) | |
| 3511 { | |
| 3512 //printf("+TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3513 if (semantictiargsdone) | |
| 3514 return; | |
| 3515 semantictiargsdone = 1; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3516 semanticTiargs(loc, sc, tiargs, 0); |
| 336 | 3517 } |
| 3518 | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3519 /********************************** |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3520 * Input: |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3521 * flags 1: replace const variables with their initializers |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3522 */ |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3523 |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3524 void TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Objects *tiargs, int flags) |
| 336 | 3525 { |
| 3526 // Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] | |
| 3527 //printf("+TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3528 if (!tiargs) | |
| 3529 return; | |
| 3530 for (size_t j = 0; j < tiargs->dim; j++) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[j]; | |
| 3533 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3534 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3535 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 //printf("1: tiargs->data[%d] = %p, %p, %p, ea=%p, ta=%p\n", j, o, isDsymbol(o), isTuple(o), ea, ta); | |
| 3538 if (ta) | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 //printf("type %s\n", ta->toChars()); | |
| 3541 // It might really be an Expression or an Alias | |
| 3542 ta->resolve(loc, sc, &ea, &ta, &sa); | |
| 3543 if (ea) | |
| 3544 { | |
| 3545 ea = ea->semantic(sc); | |
| 3546 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3547 tiargs->data[j] = ea; | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 else if (sa) | |
| 3550 { tiargs->data[j] = sa; | |
| 3551 TupleDeclaration *d = sa->toAlias()->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 3552 if (d) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 size_t dim = d->objects->dim; | |
| 3555 tiargs->remove(j); | |
| 3556 tiargs->insert(j, d->objects); | |
| 3557 j--; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 else if (ta) | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 if (ta->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 3563 { // Expand tuple | |
| 3564 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)ta; | |
| 3565 size_t dim = tt->arguments->dim; | |
| 3566 tiargs->remove(j); | |
| 3567 if (dim) | |
| 3568 { tiargs->reserve(dim); | |
| 3569 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 3570 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 3571 tiargs->insert(j + i, arg->type); | |
| 3572 } | |
| 3573 } | |
| 3574 j--; | |
| 3575 } | |
| 3576 else | |
| 3577 tiargs->data[j] = ta; | |
| 3578 } | |
| 3579 else | |
| 3580 { | |
| 3581 assert(global.errors); | |
| 3582 tiargs->data[j] = Type::terror; | |
| 3583 } | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 else if (ea) | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 if (!ea) | |
| 3588 { assert(global.errors); | |
| 3589 ea = new IntegerExp(0); | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 assert(ea); | |
| 3592 ea = ea->semantic(sc); | |
| 3593 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3594 tiargs->data[j] = ea; | |
| 3595 if (ea->op == TOKtype) | |
| 3596 tiargs->data[j] = ea->type; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 else if (sa) | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 } | |
| 3601 else | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 assert(0); | |
| 3604 } | |
| 3605 //printf("1: tiargs->data[%d] = %p\n", j, tiargs->data[j]); | |
| 3606 } | |
| 3607 #if 0 | |
| 3608 printf("-TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 3609 for (size_t j = 0; j < tiargs->dim; j++) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[j]; | |
| 3612 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3613 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3614 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3615 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 printf("\ttiargs[%d] = ta %p, ea %p, sa %p, va %p\n", j, ta, ea, sa, va); | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 #endif | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 /********************************************** | |
| 3623 * Find template declaration corresponding to template instance. | |
| 3624 */ | |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 TemplateDeclaration *TemplateInstance::findTemplateDeclaration(Scope *sc) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 //printf("TemplateInstance::findTemplateDeclaration() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 3629 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 3630 { | |
| 3631 /* Given: | |
| 3632 * foo!( ... ) | |
| 3633 * figure out which TemplateDeclaration foo refers to. | |
| 3634 */ | |
| 3635 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3636 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3637 Identifier *id; | |
| 3638 int i; | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 id = name; | |
| 3641 s = sc->search(loc, id, &scopesym); | |
| 3642 if (!s) | |
| 3643 { error("identifier '%s' is not defined", id->toChars()); | |
| 3644 return NULL; | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 #if LOG | |
| 3647 printf("It's an instance of '%s' kind '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3648 if (s->parent) | |
| 3649 printf("s->parent = '%s'\n", s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 3650 #endif | |
| 3651 withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol(); | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 /* We might have found an alias within a template when | |
| 3654 * we really want the template. | |
| 3655 */ | |
| 3656 TemplateInstance *ti; | |
| 3657 if (s->parent && | |
| 3658 (ti = s->parent->isTemplateInstance()) != NULL) | |
| 3659 { | |
| 3660 if ( | |
| 3661 (ti->name == id || | |
| 3662 ti->toAlias()->ident == id) | |
| 3663 && | |
| 3664 ti->tempdecl) | |
| 3665 { | |
| 3666 /* This is so that one can refer to the enclosing | |
| 3667 * template, even if it has the same name as a member | |
| 3668 * of the template, if it has a !(arguments) | |
| 3669 */ | |
| 3670 tempdecl = ti->tempdecl; | |
| 3671 if (tempdecl->overroot) // if not start of overloaded list of TemplateDeclaration's | |
| 3672 tempdecl = tempdecl->overroot; // then get the start | |
| 3673 s = tempdecl; | |
| 3674 } | |
| 3675 } | |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 s = s->toAlias(); | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 /* It should be a TemplateDeclaration, not some other symbol | |
| 3680 */ | |
| 3681 tempdecl = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 3682 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 3683 { | |
| 3684 if (!s->parent && global.errors) | |
| 3685 return NULL; | |
| 3686 if (!s->parent && s->getType()) | |
| 3687 { Dsymbol *s2 = s->getType()->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3688 if (!s2) | |
| 3689 { | |
| 3690 error("%s is not a template declaration, it is a %s", id->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3691 return NULL; | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 s = s2; | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3696 //if (!s->parent) printf("s = %s %s\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 3697 #endif | |
| 3698 //assert(s->parent); | |
| 3699 TemplateInstance *ti = s->parent ? s->parent->isTemplateInstance() : NULL; | |
| 3700 if (ti && | |
| 3701 (ti->name == id || | |
| 3702 ti->toAlias()->ident == id) | |
| 3703 && | |
| 3704 ti->tempdecl) | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 /* This is so that one can refer to the enclosing | |
| 3707 * template, even if it has the same name as a member | |
| 3708 * of the template, if it has a !(arguments) | |
| 3709 */ | |
| 3710 tempdecl = ti->tempdecl; | |
| 3711 if (tempdecl->overroot) // if not start of overloaded list of TemplateDeclaration's | |
| 3712 tempdecl = tempdecl->overroot; // then get the start | |
| 3713 } | |
| 3714 else | |
| 3715 { | |
| 3716 error("%s is not a template declaration, it is a %s", id->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 3717 return NULL; | |
| 3718 } | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 } | |
| 3721 else | |
| 3722 assert(tempdecl->isTemplateDeclaration()); | |
| 3723 return tempdecl; | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 TemplateDeclaration *TemplateInstance::findBestMatch(Scope *sc) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 /* Since there can be multiple TemplateDeclaration's with the same | |
| 3729 * name, look for the best match. | |
| 3730 */ | |
| 3731 TemplateDeclaration *td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3732 TemplateDeclaration *td_best = NULL; | |
| 3733 MATCH m_best = MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3734 Objects dedtypes; | |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 #if LOG | |
| 3737 printf("TemplateInstance::findBestMatch()\n"); | |
| 3738 #endif | |
| 3739 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = tempdecl; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 3740 { | |
| 3741 MATCH m; | |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 //if (tiargs->dim) printf("2: tiargs->dim = %d, data[0] = %p\n", tiargs->dim, tiargs->data[0]); | |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 // If more arguments than parameters, | |
| 3746 // then this is no match. | |
| 3747 if (td->parameters->dim < tiargs->dim) | |
| 3748 { | |
| 3749 if (!td->isVariadic()) | |
| 3750 continue; | |
| 3751 } | |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 dedtypes.setDim(td->parameters->dim); | |
| 3754 dedtypes.zero(); | |
| 3755 if (!td->scope) | |
| 3756 { | |
| 3757 error("forward reference to template declaration %s", td->toChars()); | |
| 3758 return NULL; | |
| 3759 } | |
| 3760 m = td->matchWithInstance(this, &dedtypes, 0); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3761 //printf("matchWithInstance = %d\n", m); |
| 336 | 3762 if (!m) // no match at all |
| 3763 continue; | |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 if (m < m_best) | |
| 3766 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 3767 if (m > m_best) | |
| 3768 goto Ltd; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
| 336 | 3770 { |
| 3771 // Disambiguate by picking the most specialized TemplateDeclaration | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3772 MATCH c1 = td->leastAsSpecialized(td_best); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3773 MATCH c2 = td_best->leastAsSpecialized(td); |
| 336 | 3774 //printf("c1 = %d, c2 = %d\n", c1, c2); |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 if (c1 > c2) | |
| 3777 goto Ltd; | |
| 3778 else if (c1 < c2) | |
| 3779 goto Ltd_best; | |
| 3780 else | |
| 3781 goto Lambig; | |
| 3782 } | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 Lambig: // td_best and td are ambiguous | |
| 3785 td_ambig = td; | |
| 3786 continue; | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 Ltd_best: // td_best is the best match so far | |
| 3789 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3790 continue; | |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 Ltd: // td is the new best match | |
| 3793 td_ambig = NULL; | |
| 3794 td_best = td; | |
| 3795 m_best = m; | |
| 3796 tdtypes.setDim(dedtypes.dim); | |
| 3797 memcpy(tdtypes.data, dedtypes.data, tdtypes.dim * sizeof(void *)); | |
| 3798 continue; | |
| 3799 } | |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 if (!td_best) | |
| 3802 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3803 if (tempdecl && !tempdecl->overnext) |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3804 // Only one template, so we can give better error message |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3805 error("%s does not match template declaration %s", toChars(), tempdecl->toChars()); |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3806 else |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3807 error("%s does not match any template declaration", toChars()); |
| 336 | 3808 return NULL; |
| 3809 } | |
| 3810 if (td_ambig) | |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 error("%s matches more than one template declaration, %s and %s", | |
| 3813 toChars(), td_best->toChars(), td_ambig->toChars()); | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 /* The best match is td_best | |
| 3817 */ | |
| 3818 tempdecl = td_best; | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 #if 0 | |
| 3821 /* Cast any value arguments to be same type as value parameter | |
| 3822 */ | |
| 3823 for (size_t i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 3824 { Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 3825 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); // value argument | |
| 3826 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3827 assert(tp); | |
| 3828 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 3829 if (tvp) | |
| 3830 { | |
| 3831 assert(ea); | |
| 3832 ea = ea->castTo(tvp->valType); | |
| 3833 ea = ea->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 3834 tiargs->data[i] = (Object *)ea; | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 } | |
| 3837 #endif | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 #if LOG | |
| 3840 printf("\tIt's a match with template declaration '%s'\n", tempdecl->toChars()); | |
| 3841 #endif | |
| 3842 return tempdecl; | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 /***************************************** | |
| 3847 * Determines if a TemplateInstance will need a nested | |
| 3848 * generation of the TemplateDeclaration. | |
| 3849 */ | |
| 3850 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3851 int TemplateInstance::hasNestedArgs(Objects *args) |
| 336 | 3852 { int nested = 0; |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3853 //printf("TemplateInstance::hasNestedArgs('%s')\n", tempdecl->ident->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3854 |
| 3855 /* A nested instance happens when an argument references a local | |
| 3856 * symbol that is on the stack. | |
| 3857 */ | |
| 3858 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 3859 { Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 3860 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3861 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3862 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3863 if (ea) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 if (ea->op == TOKvar) | |
| 3866 { | |
| 3867 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 3868 goto Lsa; | |
| 3869 } | |
| 3870 if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 3873 goto Lsa; | |
| 3874 } | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 else if (sa) | |
| 3877 { | |
| 3878 Lsa: | |
| 3879 Declaration *d = sa->isDeclaration(); | |
| 3880 if (d && !d->isDataseg() && | |
| 3881 #if DMDV2 | |
| 3882 !(d->storage_class & STCmanifest) && | |
| 3883 #endif | |
| 3884 (!d->isFuncDeclaration() || d->isFuncDeclaration()->isNested()) && | |
| 3885 !isTemplateMixin()) | |
| 3886 { | |
| 3887 // if module level template | |
| 3888 if (tempdecl->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 3889 { Dsymbol *dparent = d->toParent(); | |
| 3890 if (!isnested) | |
| 3891 isnested = dparent; | |
| 3892 else if (isnested != dparent) | |
| 3893 { | |
| 3894 /* Select the more deeply nested of the two. | |
| 3895 * Error if one is not nested inside the other. | |
| 3896 */ | |
| 3897 for (Dsymbol *p = isnested; p; p = p->parent) | |
| 3898 { | |
| 3899 if (p == dparent) | |
| 3900 goto L1; // isnested is most nested | |
| 3901 } | |
|
876
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3902 for (Dsymbol *p = dparent; p; p = p->parent) |
| 336 | 3903 { |
| 3904 if (p == isnested) | |
| 3905 { isnested = dparent; | |
| 3906 goto L1; // dparent is most nested | |
| 3907 } | |
| 3908 } | |
|
876
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3909 error("%s is nested in both %s and %s", |
|
27a379f288bf
Merged DMD 1.039
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
3910 toChars(), isnested->toChars(), dparent->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3911 } |
| 3912 L1: | |
| 3913 //printf("\tnested inside %s\n", isnested->toChars()); | |
| 3914 nested |= 1; | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1174
diff
changeset
|
3917 error("cannot use local '%s' as parameter to non-global template %s", d->toChars(), tempdecl->toChars()); |
| 336 | 3918 } |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 else if (va) | |
| 3921 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3922 nested |= hasNestedArgs(&va->objects); |
| 336 | 3923 } |
| 3924 } | |
| 3925 return nested; | |
| 3926 } | |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 /**************************************** | |
| 3929 * This instance needs an identifier for name mangling purposes. | |
| 3930 * Create one by taking the template declaration name and adding | |
| 3931 * the type signature for it. | |
| 3932 */ | |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 Identifier *TemplateInstance::genIdent() | |
| 3935 { OutBuffer buf; | |
| 3936 char *id; | |
| 3937 Objects *args; | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 //printf("TemplateInstance::genIdent('%s')\n", tempdecl->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3940 id = tempdecl->ident->toChars(); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
3941 buf.printf("__T%zu%s", strlen(id), id); |
| 336 | 3942 args = tiargs; |
| 3943 for (int i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 3944 { Object *o = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 3945 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 3946 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 3947 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 3948 Tuple *va = isTuple(o); | |
| 3949 //printf("\to %p ta %p ea %p sa %p va %p\n", o, ta, ea, sa, va); | |
| 3950 if (ta) | |
| 3951 { | |
| 3952 buf.writeByte('T'); | |
| 3953 if (ta->deco) | |
| 3954 buf.writestring(ta->deco); | |
| 3955 else | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3958 printf("ta = %d, %s\n", ta->ty, ta->toChars()); | |
| 3959 #endif | |
| 3960 assert(global.errors); | |
| 3961 } | |
| 3962 } | |
| 3963 else if (ea) | |
| 3964 { sinteger_t v; | |
| 3965 real_t r; | |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 if (ea->op == TOKvar) | |
| 3968 { | |
| 3969 sa = ((VarExp *)ea)->var; | |
| 3970 ea = NULL; | |
| 3971 goto Lsa; | |
| 3972 } | |
| 3973 if (ea->op == TOKfunction) | |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 sa = ((FuncExp *)ea)->fd; | |
| 3976 ea = NULL; | |
| 3977 goto Lsa; | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 buf.writeByte('V'); | |
| 3980 if (ea->op == TOKtuple) | |
| 3981 { ea->error("tuple is not a valid template value argument"); | |
| 3982 continue; | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 #if 1 | |
| 3985 /* Use deco that matches what it would be for a function parameter | |
| 3986 */ | |
| 3987 buf.writestring(ea->type->deco); | |
| 3988 #else | |
| 3989 // Use type of parameter, not type of argument | |
| 3990 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3991 assert(tp); | |
| 3992 TemplateValueParameter *tvp = tp->isTemplateValueParameter(); | |
| 3993 assert(tvp); | |
| 3994 buf.writestring(tvp->valType->deco); | |
| 3995 #endif | |
| 3996 ea->toMangleBuffer(&buf); | |
| 3997 } | |
| 3998 else if (sa) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 Lsa: | |
| 4001 buf.writeByte('S'); | |
| 4002 Declaration *d = sa->isDeclaration(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4003 if (d && (!d->type || !d->type->deco)) |
| 336 | 4004 error("forward reference of %s", d->toChars()); |
| 4005 else | |
| 4006 { | |
| 4007 char *p = sa->mangle(); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1089
diff
changeset
|
4008 buf.printf("%zu%s", strlen(p), p); |
| 336 | 4009 } |
| 4010 } | |
| 4011 else if (va) | |
| 4012 { | |
| 4013 assert(i + 1 == args->dim); // must be last one | |
| 4014 args = &va->objects; | |
| 4015 i = -1; | |
| 4016 } | |
| 4017 else | |
| 4018 assert(0); | |
| 4019 } | |
| 4020 buf.writeByte('Z'); | |
| 4021 id = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4022 buf.data = NULL; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
4023 //printf("\tgenIdent = %s\n", id); |
| 336 | 4024 return new Identifier(id, TOKidentifier); |
| 4025 } | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 /**************************************************** | |
| 4029 * Declare parameters of template instance, initialize them with the | |
| 4030 * template instance arguments. | |
| 4031 */ | |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 void TemplateInstance::declareParameters(Scope *scope) | |
| 4034 { | |
| 4035 //printf("TemplateInstance::declareParameters()\n"); | |
| 4036 for (int i = 0; i < tdtypes.dim; i++) | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 TemplateParameter *tp = (TemplateParameter *)tempdecl->parameters->data[i]; | |
| 4039 //Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
4040 Object *o = (Object *)tdtypes.data[i]; // initializer for tp |
| 336 | 4041 |
| 4042 //printf("\ttdtypes[%d] = %p\n", i, o); | |
| 4043 tempdecl->declareParameter(scope, tp, o); | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 void TemplateInstance::semantic2(Scope *sc) | |
| 4049 { int i; | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 if (semanticdone >= 2) | |
| 4052 return; | |
| 4053 semanticdone = 2; | |
| 4054 #if LOG | |
| 4055 printf("+TemplateInstance::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4056 #endif | |
| 4057 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4058 { | |
| 4059 sc = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 4060 assert(sc); | |
| 4061 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4062 sc = sc->push(this); | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4063 sc->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 4064 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4065 { | |
| 4066 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4067 #if LOG | |
| 4068 printf("\tmember '%s', kind = '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 4069 #endif | |
| 4070 s->semantic2(sc); | |
| 4071 } | |
| 4072 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4073 sc->pop(); | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 #if LOG | |
| 4076 printf("-TemplateInstance::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4077 #endif | |
| 4078 } | |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 void TemplateInstance::semantic3(Scope *sc) | |
| 4081 { | |
| 4082 #if LOG | |
| 4083 printf("TemplateInstance::semantic3('%s'), semanticdone = %d\n", toChars(), semanticdone); | |
| 4084 #endif | |
| 4085 //if (toChars()[0] == 'D') *(char*)0=0; | |
| 4086 if (semanticdone >= 3) | |
| 4087 return; | |
| 4088 semanticdone = 3; | |
| 4089 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 sc = tempdecl->scope; | |
| 4092 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4093 sc = sc->push(this); | |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4094 sc->tinst = this; |
| 336 | 4095 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4096 { | |
| 4097 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4098 s->semantic3(sc); | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4101 sc->pop(); | |
| 4102 } | |
| 4103 } | |
| 4104 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4105 #if IN_DMD |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4106 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4107 void TemplateInstance::printInstantiationTrace() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4108 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4109 if (global.gag) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4110 return; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4111 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4112 |
| 336 | 4113 void TemplateInstance::toObjFile(int multiobj) |
| 4114 { | |
| 4115 #if LOG | |
| 4116 printf("TemplateInstance::toObjFile('%s', this = %p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4117 #endif | |
| 4118 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4119 { | |
| 4120 if (multiobj) | |
| 4121 // Append to list of object files to be written later | |
| 4122 //obj_append(this); | |
| 4123 assert(0 && "multiobj"); | |
| 4124 else | |
| 4125 { | |
| 4126 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4129 s->toObjFile(multiobj); | |
| 4130 } | |
| 4131 } | |
| 4132 } | |
| 4133 } | |
| 4134 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4135 #endif |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4136 |
| 336 | 4137 void TemplateInstance::inlineScan() |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 #if LOG | |
| 4140 printf("TemplateInstance::inlineScan('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4141 #endif | |
| 4142 if (!errors && members) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4145 { | |
| 4146 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4147 s->inlineScan(); | |
| 4148 } | |
| 4149 } | |
| 4150 } | |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 void TemplateInstance::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 int i; | |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 Identifier *id = name; | |
| 4157 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 4158 buf->writestring("!("); | |
| 4159 if (nest) | |
| 4160 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 4161 else | |
| 4162 { | |
| 4163 nest++; | |
| 4164 Objects *args = tiargs; | |
| 4165 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 if (i) | |
| 4168 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 4169 Object *oarg = (Object *)args->data[i]; | |
| 4170 ObjectToCBuffer(buf, hgs, oarg); | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 nest--; | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 Dsymbol *TemplateInstance::toAlias() | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 #if LOG | |
| 4181 printf("TemplateInstance::toAlias()\n"); | |
| 4182 #endif | |
| 4183 if (!inst) | |
| 4184 { error("cannot resolve forward reference"); | |
| 4185 return this; | |
| 4186 } | |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 if (inst != this) | |
| 4189 return inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 if (aliasdecl) | |
| 4192 return aliasdecl->toAlias(); | |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 return inst; | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 AliasDeclaration *TemplateInstance::isAliasDeclaration() | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 return aliasdecl; | |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 const char *TemplateInstance::kind() | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 return "template instance"; | |
| 4205 } | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 int TemplateInstance::oneMember(Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 *ps = NULL; | |
| 4210 return TRUE; | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 char *TemplateInstance::toChars() | |
| 4214 { | |
| 4215 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 4216 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 4217 char *s; | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 4220 s = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4221 buf.data = NULL; | |
| 4222 return s; | |
| 4223 } | |
| 4224 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4225 #if IN_LLVM |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4226 |
|
561
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4227 void TemplateInstance::printInstantiationTrace() |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4228 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4229 if(global.gag) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4230 return; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4231 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4232 const int max_shown = 6; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4233 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4234 // determine instantiation depth |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4235 int n_instantiations = 1; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4236 TemplateInstance* cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4237 while(cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4238 ++n_instantiations; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4239 |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4240 // show full trace only if it's short or verbose is on |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4241 if(n_instantiations <= max_shown || global.params.verbose) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4242 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4243 cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4244 while(cur) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4245 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4246 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4247 cur = cur->tinst; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4248 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4249 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4250 else |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4251 { |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4252 cur = this; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4253 size_t i = 0; |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4254 for(; i < max_shown/2; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4255 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4256 fprintf(stdmsg," ... (%d instantiations, -v to show) ...\n", n_instantiations - max_shown); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4257 for(; i < n_instantiations - max_shown + max_shown/2; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4258 {} |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4259 for(; i < n_instantiations; ++i, cur = cur->tinst) |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4260 fprintf(stdmsg," instantiatied in %s: %s\n", cur->loc.toChars(), cur->toChars()); |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4261 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4262 } |
|
d4e95db0e62b
Introducing template instantiation traces for static asserts and errors within templates.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
527
diff
changeset
|
4263 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4264 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4265 |
| 336 | 4266 /* ======================== TemplateMixin ================================ */ |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 TemplateMixin::TemplateMixin(Loc loc, Identifier *ident, Type *tqual, | |
| 4269 Array *idents, Objects *tiargs) | |
| 4270 : TemplateInstance(loc, (Identifier *)idents->data[idents->dim - 1]) | |
| 4271 { | |
| 4272 //printf("TemplateMixin(ident = '%s')\n", ident ? ident->toChars() : ""); | |
| 4273 this->ident = ident; | |
| 4274 this->tqual = tqual; | |
| 4275 this->idents = idents; | |
| 4276 this->tiargs = tiargs ? tiargs : new Objects(); | |
| 4277 this->scope = NULL; | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 Dsymbol *TemplateMixin::syntaxCopy(Dsymbol *s) | |
| 4281 { TemplateMixin *tm; | |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 Array *ids = new Array(); | |
| 4284 ids->setDim(idents->dim); | |
| 4285 for (int i = 0; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4286 { // Matches TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper() | |
| 4287 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4288 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 4293 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 4294 } | |
| 4295 ids->data[i] = id; | |
| 4296 } | |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 tm = new TemplateMixin(loc, ident, | |
| 4299 (Type *)(tqual ? tqual->syntaxCopy() : NULL), | |
| 4300 ids, tiargs); | |
| 4301 TemplateInstance::syntaxCopy(tm); | |
| 4302 return tm; | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 void TemplateMixin::semantic(Scope *sc) | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 #if LOG | |
| 4308 printf("+TemplateMixin::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4309 fflush(stdout); | |
| 4310 #endif | |
| 4311 if (semanticdone && | |
| 4312 // This for when a class/struct contains mixin members, and | |
| 4313 // is done over because of forward references | |
| 4314 (!parent || !toParent()->isAggregateDeclaration())) | |
| 4315 { | |
| 4316 #if LOG | |
| 4317 printf("\tsemantic done\n"); | |
| 4318 #endif | |
| 4319 return; | |
| 4320 } | |
| 4321 if (!semanticdone) | |
| 4322 semanticdone = 1; | |
| 4323 #if LOG | |
| 4324 printf("\tdo semantic\n"); | |
| 4325 #endif | |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 #if !IN_LLVM | |
| 4328 // dont know what this is | |
| 4329 util_progress(); | |
| 4330 #endif | |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 Scope *scx = NULL; | |
| 4333 if (scope) | |
| 4334 { sc = scope; | |
| 4335 scx = scope; // save so we don't make redundant copies | |
| 4336 scope = NULL; | |
| 4337 } | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 // Follow qualifications to find the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 4340 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4341 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4342 int i; | |
| 4343 Identifier *id; | |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 if (tqual) | |
| 4346 { s = tqual->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 4347 i = 0; | |
| 4348 } | |
| 4349 else | |
| 4350 { | |
| 4351 i = 1; | |
| 4352 id = (Identifier *)idents->data[0]; | |
| 4353 switch (id->dyncast()) | |
| 4354 { | |
| 4355 case DYNCAST_IDENTIFIER: | |
| 4356 s = sc->search(loc, id, NULL); | |
| 4357 break; | |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 case DYNCAST_DSYMBOL: | |
| 4360 { | |
| 4361 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 4362 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4363 s = ti; | |
| 4364 break; | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 default: | |
| 4367 assert(0); | |
| 4368 } | |
| 4369 } | |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 for (; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4372 { | |
| 4373 if (!s) | |
| 4374 break; | |
| 4375 id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4376 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 if (!s) | |
| 4379 { | |
| 4380 error("is not defined"); | |
| 4381 inst = this; | |
| 4382 return; | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 tempdecl = s->toAlias()->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4385 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4386 { | |
| 4387 error("%s isn't a template", s->toChars()); | |
| 4388 inst = this; | |
| 4389 return; | |
| 4390 } | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 // Look for forward reference | |
| 4394 assert(tempdecl); | |
| 4395 for (TemplateDeclaration *td = tempdecl; td; td = td->overnext) | |
| 4396 { | |
| 4397 if (!td->scope) | |
| 4398 { | |
| 4399 /* Cannot handle forward references if mixin is a struct member, | |
| 4400 * because addField must happen during struct's semantic, not | |
| 4401 * during the mixin semantic. | |
| 4402 * runDeferred will re-run mixin's semantic outside of the struct's | |
| 4403 * semantic. | |
| 4404 */ | |
| 4405 semanticdone = 0; | |
| 4406 AggregateDeclaration *ad = toParent()->isAggregateDeclaration(); | |
| 4407 if (ad) | |
| 4408 ad->sizeok = 2; | |
| 4409 else | |
| 4410 { | |
| 4411 // Forward reference | |
| 4412 //printf("forward reference - deferring\n"); | |
| 4413 scope = scx ? scx : new Scope(*sc); | |
| 4414 scope->setNoFree(); | |
| 4415 scope->module->addDeferredSemantic(this); | |
| 4416 } | |
| 4417 return; | |
| 4418 } | |
| 4419 } | |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 // Run semantic on each argument, place results in tiargs[] | |
| 4422 semanticTiargs(sc); | |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 tempdecl = findBestMatch(sc); | |
| 4425 if (!tempdecl) | |
| 4426 { inst = this; | |
| 4427 return; // error recovery | |
| 4428 } | |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 if (!ident) | |
| 4431 ident = genIdent(); | |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 inst = this; | |
| 4434 parent = sc->parent; | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 /* Detect recursive mixin instantiations. | |
| 4437 */ | |
| 4438 for (Dsymbol *s = parent; s; s = s->parent) | |
| 4439 { | |
| 4440 //printf("\ts = '%s'\n", s->toChars()); | |
| 4441 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4442 if (!tm || tempdecl != tm->tempdecl) | |
| 4443 continue; | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 /* Different argument list lengths happen with variadic args | |
| 4446 */ | |
| 4447 if (tiargs->dim != tm->tiargs->dim) | |
| 4448 continue; | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 for (int i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 4451 { Object *o = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4452 Type *ta = isType(o); | |
| 4453 Expression *ea = isExpression(o); | |
| 4454 Dsymbol *sa = isDsymbol(o); | |
| 4455 Object *tmo = (Object *)tm->tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4456 if (ta) | |
| 4457 { | |
| 4458 Type *tmta = isType(tmo); | |
| 4459 if (!tmta) | |
| 4460 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4461 if (!ta->equals(tmta)) | |
| 4462 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 else if (ea) | |
| 4465 { Expression *tme = isExpression(tmo); | |
| 4466 if (!tme || !ea->equals(tme)) | |
| 4467 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 else if (sa) | |
| 4470 { | |
| 4471 Dsymbol *tmsa = isDsymbol(tmo); | |
| 4472 if (sa != tmsa) | |
| 4473 goto Lcontinue; | |
| 4474 } | |
| 4475 else | |
| 4476 assert(0); | |
| 4477 } | |
| 4478 error("recursive mixin instantiation"); | |
| 4479 return; | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 Lcontinue: | |
| 4482 continue; | |
| 4483 } | |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 // Copy the syntax trees from the TemplateDeclaration | |
| 4486 members = Dsymbol::arraySyntaxCopy(tempdecl->members); | |
| 4487 if (!members) | |
| 4488 return; | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 symtab = new DsymbolTable(); | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 for (Scope *sce = sc; 1; sce = sce->enclosing) | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 ScopeDsymbol *sds = (ScopeDsymbol *)sce->scopesym; | |
| 4495 if (sds) | |
| 4496 { | |
| 4497 sds->importScope(this, PROTpublic); | |
| 4498 break; | |
| 4499 } | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 #if LOG | |
| 4503 printf("\tcreate scope for template parameters '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4504 #endif | |
| 4505 Scope *scy = sc; | |
| 4506 scy = sc->push(this); | |
| 4507 scy->parent = this; | |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 argsym = new ScopeDsymbol(); | |
| 4510 argsym->parent = scy->parent; | |
| 4511 Scope *scope = scy->push(argsym); | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 unsigned errorsave = global.errors; | |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 // Declare each template parameter as an alias for the argument type | |
| 4516 declareParameters(scope); | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 // Add members to enclosing scope, as well as this scope | |
| 4519 for (unsigned i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4520 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4523 s->addMember(scope, this, i); | |
| 4524 //sc->insert(s); | |
| 4525 //printf("sc->parent = %p, sc->scopesym = %p\n", sc->parent, sc->scopesym); | |
| 4526 //printf("s->parent = %s\n", s->parent->toChars()); | |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 // Do semantic() analysis on template instance members | |
| 4530 #if LOG | |
| 4531 printf("\tdo semantic() on template instance members '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4532 #endif | |
| 4533 Scope *sc2; | |
| 4534 sc2 = scope->push(this); | |
| 4535 sc2->offset = sc->offset; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4536 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4537 static int nest; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4538 //printf("%d\n", nest); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4539 if (++nest > 500) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4540 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4541 global.gag = 0; // ensure error message gets printed |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4542 error("recursive expansion"); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4543 fatal(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4544 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4545 |
| 336 | 4546 for (int i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) |
| 4547 { | |
| 4548 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4549 s->semantic(sc2); | |
| 4550 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4551 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4552 nest--; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4553 |
| 336 | 4554 sc->offset = sc2->offset; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 /* The problem is when to parse the initializer for a variable. | |
| 4557 * Perhaps VarDeclaration::semantic() should do it like it does | |
| 4558 * for initializers inside a function. | |
| 4559 */ | |
| 4560 // if (sc->parent->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 semantic2(sc2); | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 if (sc->func) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 4566 semantic3(sc2); | |
| 4567 } | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 // Give additional context info if error occurred during instantiation | |
| 4570 if (global.errors != errorsave) | |
| 4571 { | |
| 4572 error("error instantiating"); | |
| 4573 } | |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 sc2->pop(); | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 scope->pop(); | |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 // if (!isAnonymous()) | |
| 4580 { | |
| 4581 scy->pop(); | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 #if LOG | |
| 4584 printf("-TemplateMixin::semantic('%s', this=%p)\n", toChars(), this); | |
| 4585 #endif | |
| 4586 } | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 void TemplateMixin::semantic2(Scope *sc) | |
| 4589 { int i; | |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 if (semanticdone >= 2) | |
| 4592 return; | |
| 4593 semanticdone = 2; | |
| 4594 #if LOG | |
| 4595 printf("+TemplateMixin::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4596 #endif | |
| 4597 if (members) | |
| 4598 { | |
| 4599 assert(sc); | |
| 4600 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4601 sc = sc->push(this); | |
| 4602 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4603 { | |
| 4604 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4605 #if LOG | |
| 4606 printf("\tmember '%s', kind = '%s'\n", s->toChars(), s->kind()); | |
| 4607 #endif | |
| 4608 s->semantic2(sc); | |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4611 sc->pop(); | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 #if LOG | |
| 4614 printf("-TemplateMixin::semantic2('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4615 #endif | |
| 4616 } | |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 void TemplateMixin::semantic3(Scope *sc) | |
| 4619 { int i; | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 if (semanticdone >= 3) | |
| 4622 return; | |
| 4623 semanticdone = 3; | |
| 4624 #if LOG | |
| 4625 printf("TemplateMixin::semantic3('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4626 #endif | |
| 4627 if (members) | |
| 4628 { | |
| 4629 sc = sc->push(argsym); | |
| 4630 sc = sc->push(this); | |
| 4631 for (i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4632 { | |
| 4633 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4634 s->semantic3(sc); | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 4637 sc->pop(); | |
| 4638 } | |
| 4639 } | |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 void TemplateMixin::inlineScan() | |
| 4642 { | |
| 4643 TemplateInstance::inlineScan(); | |
| 4644 } | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 const char *TemplateMixin::kind() | |
| 4647 { | |
| 4648 return "mixin"; | |
| 4649 } | |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 int TemplateMixin::oneMember(Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 4652 { | |
| 4653 return Dsymbol::oneMember(ps); | |
| 4654 } | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 int TemplateMixin::hasPointers() | |
| 4657 { | |
| 4658 //printf("TemplateMixin::hasPointers() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 4659 for (size_t i = 0; i < members->dim; i++) | |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 Dsymbol *s = (Dsymbol *)members->data[i]; | |
| 4662 //printf(" s = %s %s\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4663 if (s->hasPointers()) | |
| 4664 { | |
| 4665 return 1; | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 } | |
| 4668 return 0; | |
| 4669 } | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 char *TemplateMixin::toChars() | |
| 4672 { | |
| 4673 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 4674 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 4675 char *s; | |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 TemplateInstance::toCBuffer(&buf, &hgs); | |
| 4678 s = buf.toChars(); | |
| 4679 buf.data = NULL; | |
| 4680 return s; | |
| 4681 } | |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 void TemplateMixin::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 4684 { | |
| 4685 buf->writestring("mixin "); | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 for (int i = 0; i < idents->dim; i++) | |
| 4688 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents->data[i]; | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 if (i) | |
| 4691 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 4692 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 4693 } | |
| 4694 buf->writestring("!("); | |
| 4695 if (tiargs) | |
| 4696 { | |
| 4697 for (int i = 0; i < tiargs->dim; i++) | |
| 4698 { if (i) | |
| 4699 buf->writebyte(','); | |
| 4700 Object *oarg = (Object *)tiargs->data[i]; | |
| 4701 Type *t = isType(oarg); | |
| 4702 Expression *e = isExpression(oarg); | |
| 4703 Dsymbol *s = isDsymbol(oarg); | |
| 4704 if (t) | |
| 4705 t->toCBuffer(buf, NULL, hgs); | |
| 4706 else if (e) | |
| 4707 e->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 4708 else if (s) | |
| 4709 { | |
| 4710 char *p = s->ident ? s->ident->toChars() : s->toChars(); | |
| 4711 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 4712 } | |
| 4713 else if (!oarg) | |
| 4714 { | |
| 4715 buf->writestring("NULL"); | |
| 4716 } | |
| 4717 else | |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 assert(0); | |
| 4720 } | |
| 4721 } | |
| 4722 } | |
| 4723 buf->writebyte(')'); | |
| 4724 if (ident) | |
| 4725 { | |
| 4726 buf->writebyte(' '); | |
| 4727 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 buf->writebyte(';'); | |
| 4730 buf->writenl(); | |
| 4731 } | |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
4734 #if IN_DMD |
| 336 | 4735 void TemplateMixin::toObjFile(int multiobj) |
| 4736 { | |
| 4737 //printf("TemplateMixin::toObjFile('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 4738 TemplateInstance::toObjFile(multiobj); | |
| 4739 } | |
|
1174
0b26cfb2d445
Add newlines to end of file.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1147
diff
changeset
|
4740 #endif |
|
0b26cfb2d445
Add newlines to end of file.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1147
diff
changeset
|
4741 |